Easergy Micom P132: Feeder Management and Bay Control

Easergy MiCOM P132
Feeder Management and Bay Control
P132/EN M/R-g8-D
Version P132 -315 -451/452/453/454/455 -671
Technical Manual
Volume 2 of 2
P132
A1 Function Groups
ARC Auto-reclosing control
ASC Automatic synchronism check
CBF Circuit breaker failure protection
CBM Circuit breaker condition monitoring
CMD_1 Single-pole commands
COMM1 “Logical” communication interface 1
COMM2 “Logical” communication interface 2
COMM3 InterMiCOM interface
COUNT Binary counts
CS Cyber Security
DEV01 External device
DTOC Definite-time overcurrent protection
DVICE Device
F_KEY Configurable function keys
f<> Over-/underfrequency protection
FT_DA Fault data acquisition
FT_RC Fault recording
GF_DA Ground fault data acquisition
GF_RC Ground fault recording
GFDSS Ground fault direction determination using steady-state values
GOOSE Generic Object Orientated Substation Events
I2> Unbalance protection
IDMT1 Inverse-time overcurrent protection
IEC IEC 61850 Communication
ILOCK Interlocking logic
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A1-1

P132 A1 Function Groups
INP Binary input
IRIGB IRIG‑B interface
LED LED indicators
LIMIT Limit value monitoring
LOC Local control panel
LOG_2 Programmable Logic
LOGIC Programmable Logic
MAIN Main function
MCMON Measuring-circuit monitoring
MEASI Measured data input
MEASO Measured data output
MP Motor protection
MT_RC Monitoring signal recording
OL_DA Overload data acquisition
OL_RC Overload recording
OP_RC Operating data recording
OUTP Binary and analog output
P<> Power directional protection
PC PC link
Pf< Underfrequency load shedding
PSIG Protective signaling
PSS Parameter subset selection
PULSE Pulse detection
QV Voltage controlled directional reactive power protection
SCDD Short-circuit direction determination
SFMON Self-monitoring
SIG_1 Single-pole signals
SOTF Switch on to fault protection
TGFD Transient ground fault direction determination
THERM Thermal overload protection
TIMER Real Timer
TRMON Transformer monitoring
A1-2 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A1 Function Groups P132
V<> Time-voltage protection
VINP Virtual Inputs
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A1-3

P132 A1 Function Groups
A1-4 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

P132
A2 Internal Signals
ARC: Block/reset HSR Vol. 1, Fig. 3-182, (p. 3-243)
ARC: Block/reset TDR Vol. 1, Fig. 3-182, (p. 3-243)
ARC: Close command Vol. 1, Fig. 3-184, (p. 3-246)
ARC: Close request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-184, (p. 3-246)
ARC: HSR Vol. 1, Fig. 3-184, (p. 3-246)
ARC: HSR not permitted Vol. 1, Fig. 3-184, (p. 3-246)
ARC: Starting Adm. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-179, (p. 3-241)
ARC: TDR Vol. 1, Fig. 3-184, (p. 3-246)
ARC: TDR not permitted Vol. 1, Fig. 3-184, (p. 3-246)
ARC: Trip time HSR elaps. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-177, (p. 3-239)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-178, (p. 3-240)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-179, (p. 3-241)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-180, (p. 3-242)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-181, (p. 3-242)
ARC: Trip time TDR elaps. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-178, (p. 3-240)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-179, (p. 3-241)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-180, (p. 3-242)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-181, (p. 3-242)
ASC: AC effect. for DEV01 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-204, (p. 3-273)
ASC: Active Vol. 1, Fig. 3-193, (p. 3-260)
ASC: Close enable DEV01 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-204, (p. 3-273)
ASC: Close enable w.block Vol. 1, Fig. 3-193, (p. 3-260)
ASC: Close reject.w.block Vol. 1, Fig. 3-193, (p. 3-260)
ASC: Gen. close request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-194, (p. 3-261)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-195, (p. 3-262)
ASC: Manual close request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-194, (p. 3-261)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-195, (p. 3-262)
ASC: Test Vol. 1, Fig. 3-194, (p. 3-261)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-195, (p. 3-262)
CBF: IN Vol. 1, Fig. 3-290, (p. 3-371)
CBM: Internal CB trip Vol. 1, Fig. 3-301, (p. 3-380)
CBM: internal trip cmd. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-300, (p. 3-380)
COMM1: Close request DEV01 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-338, (p. 3-422)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A2-1

P132 A2 Internal Signals
COMM1: Command CMD_DC3 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-350, (p. 3-438)
COMM1: Communication error Vol. 1, Fig. 3-12, (p. 3-21)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-13, (p. 3-22)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-14, (p. 3-23)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-15, (p. 3-24)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-16, (p. 3-25)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-17, (p. 3-26)
COMM1: Count 1 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-358, (p. 3-450)
COMM1: Debounced signal Vol. 1, Fig. 3-354, (p. 3-445)
COMM1: Motor rel. mon. trg. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-347, (p. 3-434)
COMM1: Open request DEV01 Vol. 1, Fig. 3-338, (p. 3-422)
COMM1: Selected protocol Vol. 1, Fig. 3-11, (p. 3-20)
COMM1: Signal S001,log Vol. 1, Fig. 3-353, (p. 3-444)
COMM1: Signal SIG_DC3,log Vol. 1, Fig. 3-350, (p. 3-438)
DEV01: Close cmd blocked Vol. 1, Fig. 3-341, (p. 3-425)
DEV01: Close request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-336, (p. 3-420)
DEV01: Enable SI Close Vol. 1, Fig. 3-338, (p. 3-422)
DEV01: Enable SI Open Vol. 1, Fig. 3-338, (p. 3-422)
DEV01: End close command Vol. 1, Fig. 3-342, (p. 3-427)
DEV01: End open command Vol. 1, Fig. 3-342, (p. 3-427)
DEV01: Latching time elaps. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-336, (p. 3-420)
DEV01: Latching time runn. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-336, (p. 3-420)
DEV01: Open cmd blocked Vol. 1, Fig. 3-341, (p. 3-425)
DEV01: Open request Vol. 1, Fig. 3-336, (p. 3-420)
DEV01: Protect. close cmd. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-339, (p. 3-423)
DEV01: Protection trip cmd. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-339, (p. 3-423)
DEV01: Start runn.time mon. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-347, (p. 3-434)
DEV01: Switch. device runn. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-342, (p. 3-427)
DTOC: Block. Start. IN> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block. Start. IN>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block. Start. IN>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block. Start. IN>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block.Start. I> PSx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
A2-2 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A2 Internal Signals P132
DTOC: Block.Start. I>> PSx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block.Start. I>>> PSx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block.Start. I>>>> PSx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block.Start. Ineg> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block.Start. Ineg>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block.Start. Ineg>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: Block.Start. Ineg>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
DTOC: I> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-124, (p. 3-172)
DTOC: I> Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-175)
DTOC: I> Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-175)
DTOC: I> Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-175)
DTOC: I>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-124, (p. 3-172)
DTOC: I>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-124, (p. 3-172)
DTOC: I>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-124, (p. 3-172)
DTOC: I>>>> Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: I>>>> Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: I>>>> Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: I>>>>> Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: I>>>>> Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: I>>>>> Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: I>>>>>> Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: I>>>>>> Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: I>>>>>> Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-125, (p. 3-174)
DTOC: IN> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-132, (p. 3-183)
DTOC: IN>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-132, (p. 3-183)
DTOC: IN>>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-132, (p. 3-183)
DTOC: IN>>>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-132, (p. 3-183)
DTOC: Pulse prolong. runn. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-135, (p. 3-188)
DTOC: Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-175)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-127, (p. 3-176)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A2-3

DTOC: Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-175)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-127, (p. 3-176)
DTOC: Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-126, (p. 3-175)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-127, (p. 3-176)
DTOC: Starting N Vol. 1, Fig. 3-133, (p. 3-185)
DTOC: t2 N Vol. 1, Fig. 3-135, (p. 3-188)
f<>: fMeas Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-116)
f<>: No. periods reached Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-116)
f<>: V̲Meas Vol. 1, Fig. 3-74, (p. 3-116)
FT_DA: I̲A-I̲N·k̲G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-116, (p. 3-160)
FT_DA: I̲B-I̲N·k̲G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-116, (p. 3-160)
FT_DA: I̲C-I̲N·k̲G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-116, (p. 3-160)
FT_DA: I̲N·k̲G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-116, (p. 3-160)
FT_DA: Output fault locat. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-115, (p. 3-159)
FT_DA: Output meas. values Vol. 1, Fig. 3-115, (p. 3-159)
FT_RC: Fault recording n Vol. 1, Fig. 3-121, (p. 3-167)
GF_RC: Ground flt.record. n Vol. 1, Fig. 3-113, (p. 3-157)
GFDSS: Direction BS Vol. 1, Fig. 3-209, (p. 3-279)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-216, (p. 3-285)
GFDSS: Direction LS Vol. 1, Fig. 3-209, (p. 3-279)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-216, (p. 3-285)
GFDSS: I̲N filtered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-214, (p. 3-284)
GFDSS: IN> triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-214, (p. 3-284)
GFDSS: Op. delay IN elapsed Vol. 1, Fig. 3-214, (p. 3-284)
GFDSS: Op.del.Y(N)> elapsed Vol. 1, Fig. 3-220, (p. 3-289)
GFDSS: P Vol. 1, Fig. 3-209, (p. 3-279)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-216, (p. 3-285)
GFDSS: Q Vol. 1, Fig. 3-209, (p. 3-279)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-216, (p. 3-285)
GFDSS: V̲NG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-208, (p. 3-278)
GFDSS: V̲NG filtered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-209, (p. 3-279)
GFDSS: VNG> triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-209, (p. 3-279)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-216, (p. 3-285)
A2-4 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

IDMT: ARC Starting Iref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-153, (p. 3-208)
IDMT: ARC Starting Iref,P> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-147, (p. 3-203)
IDMT: Bl.Start.Iref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
IDMT: Bl.Start.Iref,neg> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
IDMT: Bl.Start.Iref,P> PSx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
IDMT: Factor KI,y PSx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-150, (p. 3-206)
IDMT: IN Vol. 1, Fig. 3-150, (p. 3-206)
IDMT: Starting A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-145, (p. 3-201)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-146, (p. 3-202)
IDMT: Starting B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-145, (p. 3-201)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-146, (p. 3-202)
IDMT: Starting C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-145, (p. 3-201)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-146, (p. 3-202)
IDMT2: Bl.Start.Iref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
IDMT2: Bl.Start.Iref,neg> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
IDMT2: Bl.Start.Iref,P> PSx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
INP: Fct. assignm. U xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-33, (p. 3-63)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-45, (p. 3-75)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-68, (p. 3-111)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-69, (p. 3-112)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-96, (p. 3-140)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-168, (p. 3-227)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-174, (p. 3-235)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-192, (p. 3-259)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-194, (p. 3-261)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-195, (p. 3-262)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-288, (p. 3-369)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-292, (p. 3-373)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-322, (p. 3-405)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-330, (p. 3-411)
INP: Oper. mode U xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-33, (p. 3-63)
INP: State U xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-33, (p. 3-63)
LED: Fct.assig. Hxx red Vol. 1, Fig. 3-53, (p. 3-92)
LED: Oper. mode H xx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-53, (p. 3-92)
LED: State Hxx red Vol. 1, Fig. 3-53, (p. 3-92)
LOC: Remote&local control Vol. 1, Fig. 3-9, (p. 3-16)
LOC: Return t.select. trg Vol. 1, Fig. 3-4, (p. 3-11)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A2-5

MAIN: Bl. timer st. IN,neg Vol. 1, Fig. 3-84, (p. 3-126)
MAIN: Blck.1 sel.functions Vol. 1, Fig. 3-76, (p. 3-118)
MAIN: Blck.2 sel.functions Vol. 1, Fig. 3-76, (p. 3-118)
MAIN: Block start. signal Vol. 1, Fig. 3-84, (p. 3-126)
MAIN: DEVxx is a C.B. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-331, (p. 3-412)
MAIN: Direct motor control Vol. 1, Fig. 3-331, (p. 3-412)
MAIN: End command Vol. 1, Fig. 3-347, (p. 3-434)
MAIN: General start. int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-127)
MAIN: Imeas Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Protection active Vol. 1, Fig. 3-68, (p. 3-111)
MAIN: Reset LED Vol. 1, Fig. 3-92, (p. 3-136)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-B Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-C Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-A Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-G Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PP Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MAIN: Start. I>,kIref,P> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-85, (p. 3-127)
MAIN: Starting A int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-84, (p. 3-126)
MAIN: Starting B int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-84, (p. 3-126)
MAIN: Starting C int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-84, (p. 3-126)
MAIN: Starting G int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-84, (p. 3-126)
MAIN: Starting Ineg int. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-84, (p. 3-126)
MAIN: Time tag Vol. 1, Fig. 3-91, (p. 3-133)
MAIN: Vmeas Vol. 1, Fig. 3-117, (p. 3-161)
MEASO: Enable Vol. 1, Fig. 3-45, (p. 3-75)
MEASO: Output value x Vol. 1, Fig. 3-48, (p. 3-80)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-86)
MEASO: Reset meas.val.outp. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-46, (p. 3-76)
MP: Block. replica THERM Vol. 1, Fig. 3-238, (p. 3-312)
A2-6 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

MP: IP,max r.m.s./Iref Vol. 1, Fig. 3-233, (p. 3-301)
MP: Istup> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-238, (p. 3-312)
MP: Machine stopped Vol. 1, Fig. 3-238, (p. 3-312)
MP: St. kP⋅Iref>/Istup> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-233, (p. 3-301)
OUTP: Fct.assignment K xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-42, (p. 3-73)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-86)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-350, (p. 3-438)
Vol. 1, Fig. 3-352, (p. 3-442)
OUTP: Oper. mode K xxx Vol. 1, Fig. 3-42, (p. 3-73)
OUTP: Test in progress Vol. 1, Fig. 3-42, (p. 3-73)

Vol. 1, Fig. 3-43, (p. 3-74)
P<>: P Vol. 1, Fig. 3-271, (p. 3-354)
P<>: P- Vol. 1, Fig. 3-271, (p. 3-354)
P<>: P+ Vol. 1, Fig. 3-271, (p. 3-354)
P<>: Q Vol. 1, Fig. 3-271, (p. 3-354)
P<>: Q- Vol. 1, Fig. 3-271, (p. 3-354)
P<>: Q+ Vol. 1, Fig. 3-271, (p. 3-354)
QV: Bl.Start. QV Vol. 1, Fig. 3-73, (p. 3-115)
SCDD: Bl.Direct. tIref,N> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-165, (p. 3-221)
SCDD: Bl.Direct. tIref,P> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-160, (p. 3-216)
SCDD: Block. direct. tI> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-160, (p. 3-216)
SCDD: Block. Direct. tI>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-160, (p. 3-216)
SCDD: Block. Direct. tI>>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-160, (p. 3-216)
SCDD: Block. Direct. tI>>>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-160, (p. 3-216)
SCDD: Block. direct. tIN> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-165, (p. 3-221)
SCDD: Block. Direct. tIN>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-165, (p. 3-221)
SCDD: Block. Direct. tIN>>>>> Vol. 1, Fig. 3-165, (p. 3-221)
SCDD: Determin. N enabled Vol. 1, Fig. 3-163, (p. 3-219)
SCDD: Determin. P enabled Vol. 1, Fig. 3-158, (p. 3-213)
SCDD: Phase curr.stage bl. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-158, (p. 3-213)
SCDD: Resid.curr.stage bl. Vol. 1, Fig. 3-163, (p. 3-219)
SCDD: VNG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-162, (p. 3-218)
Signal 1 EXT Vol. 1, Fig. 3-330, (p. 3-411)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A2-7

Signal 2 EXT Vol. 1, Fig. 3-330, (p. 3-411)
SOTF: Bl. ARC by close cmd Vol. 1, Fig. 3-167, (p. 3-225)
TGFD: Direction BS Vol. 1, Fig. 3-227, (p. 3-297)
TGFD: Direction LS Vol. 1, Fig. 3-227, (p. 3-297)
TGFD: Hardware fault Vol. 1, Fig. 3-225, (p. 3-295)
TGFD: IN,p triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-227, (p. 3-297)
TGFD: Reset signal Vol. 1, Fig. 3-229, (p. 3-298)
TGFD: V̲NG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-226, (p. 3-296)
TGFD: VNG> (f0) triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-227, (p. 3-297)
TGFD: VNG> triggered Vol. 1, Fig. 3-227, (p. 3-297)
THERM: Block. by CTA error Vol. 1, Fig. 3-243, (p. 3-321)
THERM: With CTA Vol. 1, Fig. 3-243, (p. 3-321)
V<>: V< ready Vol. 1, Fig. 3-250, (p. 3-331)
V<>: V̲neg Vol. 1, Fig. 3-256, (p. 3-337)
V<>: V̲NG Vol. 1, Fig. 3-259, (p. 3-340)
V<>: V̲pos Vol. 1, Fig. 3-256, (p. 3-337)
A2-8 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

P132
A3 Glossary
Modules
A: Communication module
B: Digital bus module
L: MMI module
N: Transient ground fault evaluation module
P: Processor module
T: Transformer module
V: Power supply module
X: Binary I/O module
Y: Analog I/O module
Symbols
Graphic symbols for block diagrams

Binary elements in compliance with DIN 40900 part 12, September 1992,
IEC 617-12: modified 1991
Analog information processing in compliance with DIN 40900 part 13, January
1981. To document the linking of analog and binary signals, additional symbols
have been used, taken from several DIN documents.
As a rule, direction of the signal flow is from left to right and from top to bottom.
Other flow directions are marked by an arrow. Input signals are listed on the left
side of the signal flow, output signals on the right side.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A3-1

P132 A3 Glossary
Symbol Description
To obtain more space for representing a group of related

elements, contours of the elements may be joined or cascaded if
the following rules are met:
There is no functional linkage between elements whose common
= contour line is oriented in the signal flow direction.
Note:
This rule does not necessarily apply to configurations with two or
more signal flow directions, such as for symbols with a control
D5Z08X1B block and an output block.
There exists at least one logical link between elements whose
common contour line runs perpendicularly to the signal flow
direction.
Components of a symbol
A symbol consists of a contour or contour combination and one or
more qualifiers.
Description of the example symbol in the left column

● Blue line: Contur
● Dark red lines: Inputs
● Green lines: Outputs
D5Z08X2B ● Green hash characters: Preferred location for the general
function qualifying symbol
● Dark blue asterisk characters: Alternative location for the
general function qualifying symbol
Control block
A control block contains an input function common to several
symbols. It is used for the collective setting of several trigger
elements, for example.
D5Z08X3B
Output block
An output block contains an output function common to several
symbols.
D5Z08X4B
A3-2 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A3 Glossary P132
Settable control block
MAIN:
The 6 digits in square brackets represent the address under
Inom device
[ 010 003 ] which the function shown in the text is implemented.
D5Z08X5B
Settable control block with function blocks

MAIN:
Inom device
The digits in the function block show the settings that are
[ 010 003 ]
possible for this function.
1.0
5.0
The text below the symbol assigns the corresponding unit or
1.0: 1.0 A meaning to each setting.
5.0: 5.0 A
D5Z08X6B
Static input
Only the state of the binary input variable is effective.
D5Z08XBB
Dynamic input
Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is effective.
D5Z08XAB
Negation of an output
The value up to the border line is negated at the output.
D5Z08X8B
Negation of an input
The input value is negated before the border line.
D5Z08X7B
Dynamic input with negation

Only the transition from value 1 to value 0 is effective.
D5Z08X9B
AND element
& The output variable will be 1 only if all input variables are 1.
D5Z08XCB
OR element
The output variable will be 1 only if at least one input variable is
D5Z08XDB 1.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A3-3

P132 A3 Glossary
Threshold element
The output variable will be 1 only if at least two input variables
D5Z08XEB are 1. The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other
number.
(m out of n) element
The output variable will be 1 only if just one input variable is 1.
D5Z08XFB
The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other number
if the number of inputs is increased or decreased accordingly.
Delay element
t1 t2
The transition from value 0 to 1 at the output occurs after a time
D5Z08XGB delay of t1 relative to the corresponding transition at the input.
The transition from value 1 to 0 at the output occurs after a time
delay of t2 relative to the corresponding transition at the input.
t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values (in seconds
or strobe ticks).
Monostable flip-flop
1 The output variable will be 1 only if the input variable changes to
100ms
D5Z08XHB 1. The output variable will remain 1 for 100 ms, regardless of the
duration of the input value 1 (non-retriggerable).
Without a 1 in the function block, the monostable flip-flop is
retriggerable.
The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be changed to any
other duration.
Analog-digital converter
An analog input signal is converted to a binary signal.
D5Z08XJB
Subtractor
The output variable is the difference between the two input
D5Z08XKB variables.
A summing element is obtained by changing the minus sign to
a plus sign at the symbol input.
Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal

The binary output variable will be 1 if the input signal exceeds a
D5Z08XLB specific threshold. The output variable remains 1 until the input
signal drops below the threshold again.
Memory, general
Storage of a binary or analog signal.
D5Z08XMB
A3-4 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A3 Glossary P132
Non-stable flip-flop
When the input variable changes to 1, a pulse sequence is
D5Z08XNB generated at the output.
The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse sequence starts
with the input variable transition (synchronized start).
If there is a ! to the right of the G, the pulse sequence ends with
the ending of the 1 signal at the input (synchronized stop).
Amplifier
The output variable is 1 only if the input variable is also 1.
D5Z08XOB
Band pass filter

50Hz
The output only transmits the 50 Hz component of the input
D5Z08XPB signals. All other frequencies (above and below 50 Hz) are
attenuated.
Counter
+
At the + input the input variable transitions from 0 to 1 are
R
D5Z08YFB counted and stored in the function block.
At the R(eset) input a transition of the input variable from 0 to 1
resets the counter to 0.
Electromechanical drive in general, here a relay, for example.
D5Z08YGB
Signal level converter

L+
V1 with electrical isolation between input and output.

L-
D5Z08XQB
L+ = pos. voltage input
L− = neg. voltage input
U1 = device identifier
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A3-5

P132 A3 Glossary
Input transformer with phase and item identifiers (according to

A.1 DIN EN 60445)
A.2 IA T1
D5Z08XRB
Phase identifiers for current inputs:
● for A: A1 and A2
● for B: B1 and B2
● for C: C1 and C2
● for N: N1 and N2
Phase identifiers for voltage inputs

● via transformer 1:
o for A: 1U
o for B: 1V
o for C: 1W
o for N: 1N
● via transformer 2:
o for A: 2U
o for B: 2V
Item identifiers
● for current transformers:
o for A: T1
o for B: T2
o for C: T3
o for N: T4
● for voltage transformer 1:
o for A: T5
o for B: T6
o for C: T7
o for N: T8
● for VG-N transformer: T90
● for voltage transformer 2:
o for A: T15
Change-over contact
with item identifier
D5Z08XSB
Special symbol
Output relay in normally-energized arrangement (“closed-circuit
D5Z08XTB operation”).
A3-6 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A3 Glossary P132
PC interface
−12V
with pin connections
9
+12V 1
0V 5
RXD 3
V24
TXD 2
D5Z08XVB
Multiplier
The output variable is the result of the multiplication of the two
D5Z08XWB input variables.
Divider
The output variable is the result of the division of the two input
D5Z08XXB variables.
Comparator
The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) are
equal to the function in the function block.
D5Z08XYB
Formula block
The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) satisfy
2.5
the equation in the function block
D5Z08XZB
Examples of Signal Names

All settings and signals relevant for protection are shown in the block diagrams of
Chapter “Operation” as follows:
Signal Name Description

♦ FT_RC: Fault recording n Internal signal names are not coded by a data model address.
305 100
In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond. The
small figure underneath the signal name represents a code that
is irrelevant to the user.
The internal signal names used and their origins are listed in
Appendix.
DIST: VNG>> triggered Signal names coded by a data model address are represented
[ 036 015 ]
by their address (shown in square brackets). Their origin is
given in Chapters “Setting” and “Information and Control
Functions”.
MAIN: General reset USER A specific setting to be used later on is shown with its signal
[ 003 002 ]
↗1: Execute
name, address, and the setting preceded by the setting arrow.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A3-7

P132 A3 Glossary
Symbols Used
Symbol Meaning
t Time duration
V Voltage, potential difference
V̲ Complex voltage
I Electrical current
I̲ Complex current
Z̲ Complex impedance
|Z̲| Modulus of complex impedance
f Frequency
δ Temperature in °C
Σ Sum, result
Ω Unit of electrical resistance
α Angle
φ, ϕ Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a defined current

and a defined voltage.
τ Time constant
ΔT Temperature difference in K
A3-8 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

P132
A4 Telecontrol Interfaces
A4.1 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101

(Companion Standard)
This section incorporates Section 8 of EN 60870-5-101 (1996), which includes a
general definition of the telecontrol interface for substation control systems.
A4.1.1 Interoperability
This application-based standard (companion standard) specifies parameter sets
and other options from which subsets are to be selected in order to implement
specific telecontrol systems. Certain parameters such as the number of bytes
(octets) in the COMMON ADDRESS of the ASDU are mutually exclusive. This
means that only one value of the defined parameter is allowed per system. Other
parameters, such as the listed set of different process information in the
command and monitor direction, permit definition of the total number or of
subsets that are suitable for the given application. This section combines the
parameters given in the previous sections in order to facilitate an appropriate
selection for a specific application. If a system is made up of several system
components supplied by different manufacturers, then it is necessary for all
partners to agree on the selected parameters.
The boxes for the selected parameters should be checked [see National Preface
of EN 60870-5-101].
The overall definition of a system may also require individual selection of certain
parameters for specific parts of a system such as individual selection of scaling
factors for individually addressable measured values.
A4.1.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters)
[✓] Point-to-point configuration [✓] Multipoint-party line configuration
[✓] Multiple point-to-point configuration [ ] Multipoint-star configuration
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-1

P132 A4 Telecontrol Interfaces
A4.1.1.2 Physical Layer (Network-Specific Parameters)

(See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.)
Transmission Rate (Control Direction)
(The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be
identical.)
Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28, Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28, Balanced interface X.24/X.27

Standardized Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s
[ ] 100 bit/s [✓] 2400 bit/s [ ] 2400 bit/s
[ ] 200 bit/s [✓] 4800 bit/s [ ] 4800 bit/s
[ ] 300 bit/s [✓] 9600 bit/s [ ] 9600 bit/s
[✓] 600 bit/s [ ] 19200 bit/s
[✓] 1200 bit/s [ ] 38400 bit/s
[ ] 56000 bit/s
[ ] 64000 bit/s
Transmission Rate (Monitor Direction)

(The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be
identical.)
Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28, Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28, Balanced interface X.24/X.27

Standardized Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s
[ ] 100 bit/s [✓] 2400 bit/s [ ] 2400 bit/s
[ ] 200 bit/s [✓] 4800 bit/s [ ] 4800 bit/s
[ ] 300 bit/s [✓] 9600 bit/s [ ] 9600 bit/s
[✓] 600 bit/s [ ] 19200 bit/s
[✓] 1200 bit/s [ ] 38400 bit/s
[ ] 56000 bit/s
[ ] 64000 bit/s
A4-2 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A4 Telecontrol Interfaces P132
A4.1.1.3 Link Layer (Network-Specific Parameters)

Frame format FT 1.2, single character 1, and the fixed time-out interval are used
exclusively in this companion standard.
Link Transmission Procedure
[✓] Balanced transmission
[✓] Unbalanced transmission
Address Field of the Link
[✓] Not present (balanced transmission only)
[✓] One octet
[✓] Two octets (balanced transmission only)
[✓] Structured
[✓] Unstructured
Frame Length
[240] Maximum length L (number of octets)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-3

A4.1.1.4 Application Layer

Transmission mode for application data
Mode 1 (least significant octet first), as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 870-5-4, is
used exclusively in this companion standard.
Common Address of ASDU (System-Specific Parameter)
[✓] One octet [✓] Two octets
Information Object Address (System-Specific Parameter)
[✓] One octet [✓] Structured
[✓] Two octets [✓] Unstructured
[✓] Three octets
Cause of Transmission (System-Specific Parameter)
[✓] One octet [✓] Two octets (with originator address)
Selection of Standard ASDUs

Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
A4-4 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

[✓] <1> = Single-point information M_SP_NA_1
[✓] <2> = Single-point information with time tag M_SP_TA_1
[✓] <3> = Double-point information M_DP_NA_1
[✓] <4> = Double-point information with time tag M_DP_TA_1
[✓] <5> = Step position information M_ST_NA_1
[✓] <6> = Step position information with time tag M_ST_TA_1
[✓] <7> = Bit string of 32 bit M_BO_NA_1
[✓] <8> = Bit string of 32 bit with time tag M_BO_TA_1
[✓] <9> = Measured value, normalized value M_ME_NA_1
[✓] <10> = Measured value, normalized value with time tag M_ME_TA_1
[✓] <11> = Measured value, scaled value M_ME_NB_1
[✓] <12> = Measured value, scaled value with time tag M_ME_TB_1
[ ] <13> = Measured value, short floating point value M_ME_NC_1
[ ] <14> = Measured value, short floating point value with time tag M_ME_TC_1
[✓] <15> = Integrated totals M_IT_NA_1
[✓] <16> = Integrated totals with time tag M_IT_TA_1
[✓] <17> = Event of protection equipment with time tag M_EP_TA_1
[✓] <18> = Packed start events of protection equipment with time ME_EP_TB_1
tag
[✓] <19> = Packed output circuit information of protection M_EP_TC_1

equipment with time tag
[ ] <20> = Packed single-point information with status change M_PS_NA_1

detection
[ ] <21> = Measured value, normalized value without quality M_ME_ND_1

descriptor
Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)

(Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-5

[✓] <45> = Single command C_SC_NA_1
[✓] <46> = Double command C_DC_NA_1
[✓] <47> = Regulating step command C_IT_NA_1
[ ] <48> = Set point command, normalized value C_RC_NA_1
[ ] <49> = Set point command, scaled value C_SE_NB_1
[ ] <50> = Set point command, short floating point value C_SE_NC_1
[ ] <51> = Bit string of 32 bit C_BO_NA_1
System Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] <70> = End of initialization ME_EI_NA_1
System Information in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] <100> = Interrogation command C_IC_NA_1
[✓] <101> = Counter interrogation command C_CI_NA_1
[✓] <102> = Read command C_RD_NA_1
[✓] <103> = Clock synchronization command C_CS_NA_1
[✓] <104> = Test command C_TS_NB_1
[ ] <105> = Reset process command C_RP_NC_1
[ ] <106> = Delay acquisition command C_CD_NA_1

Parameter in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] <110> = Parameter of measured value, normalized value P_ME_NA_1
[✓] <111> = Parameter of measured value, scaled value P_ME_NB_1
[ ] <112> = Parameter of measured value, short floating point value P_ME_NC_1
[ ] <113> = Parameter activation P_AC_NA_1
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)
A4-6 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

[ ] <120> = File ready F_FR_NA_1
[ ] <121> = Section ready F_SR_NA_1
[ ] <122> = Call directory, select file, call file, call section F_SC_NA_1
[ ] <123> = Last section, last segment F_LS_NA_1
[ ] <124> = Ack file, ack section F_AF_NA_1
[ ] <125> = Segment F_SG_NA_1
[ ] <126> = Directory F_DR_TA_1
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-7

A4.1.1.5 Basic Application Functions

Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Remote initialization
General Interrogation (System- or Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Global
[✓] Group 1 [✓] Group 7 [✓] Group 13
[✓] Group 5 [✓] Group 11
[✓] Group 6 [✓] Group 12
Addresses per group have to be defined.

Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Clock synchronization
Command Transmission (Object-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Direct command transmission [ ] Select and execute command
[ ] Direct set point command [ ] Select and execute set point
transmission command
[ ] C_SE ACTTERM used
[✓] No additional definition
[ ] Short pulse duration (Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the
outstation)
[ ] Long pulse duration (Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the
outstation)
[ ] Persistent output
Transmission of Integrated Totals (Station- or Object-Specific

Parameter)
A4-8 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

[ ] Counter request [✓] General request counter
[✓] Counter freeze without reset [✓] Request counter group 1
[ ] Counter freeze with reset [✓] Request counter group 2
[ ] Counter reset [✓] Request counter group 3
[✓] Request counter group 4
Addresses per group have to be specified

Parameter Loading (Object-Specific Parameter)
[✓] Threshold value
[ ] Smoothing value
[ ] Low limit for transmission of measured value
[ ] High limit for transmission of measured value
Parameter Activation (Object-Specific Parameter)
[ ] Act/deact of persistent cyclic or periodic transmission of the addressed object
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)
[ ] File transfer in monitor direction F_FR_NA_1
[ ] File transfer in control direction F_FR_NA_1
A4.2 Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103

This section incorporates Section 8 of IEC 60870-5-103, including definitions
applicable to the P132.
A4.2.1 Interoperability
A4.2.1.1 Physical Layer
A4.2.1.1.1 Electrical Interface
[✓] EIA RS 485
[✓] No. of loads: 32 for one device
Note: EIA RS 485 defines the loads in such a way that 32 of such loads can be
operated on one line. For detailed information see EIA RS 485, Section 3.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-9

A4.2.1.1.2 Optical Interface
[✓] Glass fiber
[✓] Plastic fiber
[✓] F-SMA connector
[ ] BFOC/2.5 connector
A4.2.1.1.3 Transmission Rate
[✓] 9600 bit/s
[✓] 19200 bit/s
A4.2.1.2 Link Layer

There are no selection options for the link layer.
A4.2.1.3 Application Layer
A4.2.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data

Mode 1 (least significant octet first) as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 60870‑5‑4 is
used exclusively in this companion standard.
A4.2.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU
[✓] One COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU (identical to the station address)
[ ] More than one COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU
A4.2.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction
System Functions in Monitor Direction
INF Description
[✓] <0> End of general interrogation
[✓] <0> Time synchronization
[✓] <2> Reset FCB
[✓] <3> Reset CU
[✓] <4> Start / restart
[ ] <5> Power on
A4-10 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Status Indications in Monitor Direction
INF Description P132 Designations

(Address) Description
[✓] <16> Auto-recloser active (015 064) A RC : En able d
[✓] <17> Teleprotection active (015 008) P SIG: Enabl ed
[✓] <18> Protection active (003 030) MA IN: Devi ce on-l i ne
[✓] <19> LED reset (021 010) MA IN: Res et in dicat. USER
[✓] <20> Blocking of monitor direction (037 075) C OMM1 : Si g./meas .val. blo ck.
[✓] <21> Test mode (037 071) MA IN: Te st mode
[ ] <22> Local parameter setting
[✓] <23> Characteristic 1 (036 090) P SS: PS 1 active
[✓] <27> Auxiliary input 1 (034 000) L OGIC : I npu t 01 EXT
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-11

Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction

[✓] <32> Measurand supervision I (040 087) MCMON: Mea s. circ. I faulty
[✓] <33> Measurand supervision V (038 023) MCMON: Mea s. circ. V fault y
[✓] <35> Phase sequence supervision (038 049) MCMON: Ph ase se qu. V f aul ty
[✓] <36> Trip circuit supervision (041 200) SFMON: Rel ay K xx faulty
(The message content is
formed from the OR operation
of the individual signals.)
[ ] <37> I>> back-up operation
[✓] <38> VT fuse failure (004 061) MA IN: M.c. b. trip V EXT
[✓] <39> Teleprotection disturbed (036 060) P SI G: Te le com. fau lty
[✓] <46> Group warning (036 100) SFMON: Warnin g ( re lay)
[✓] <47> Group alarm (004 065) MA IN: Blocke d/f aul ty
Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction

[✓] <48> Earth fault A (041 054) MA IN: Ground f aul t A
[✓] <49> Earth fault B (041 055) MA IN: Ground f aul t B
[✓] <50> Earth fault C (041 056) MA IN: Ground f aul t C
[✓] <51> Earth fault forward, i.e. line (041 088) MA IN: Gnd. f aul t f orw./LS
[✓] <52> Earth fault reverse, i.e. busbar (041 089) MA IN: Gnd. f aul t backw ./BS
A4-12 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Fault Indications in Monitor Direction

[✓] <64> Start / pick-up A (040 005) MA IN: Starti ng A
[✓] <65> Start / pick-up B (040 006) MA IN: Starti ng B
[✓] <66> Start / pick-up C (040 007) MA IN: Starti ng C
[✓] <67> Start / pick-up N (040 008) MA IN: Starti ng GF
[✓] <68> General trip (036 071) MA IN: Gen . tri p command 1
[ ] <69> Trip A
[ ] <70> Trip B
[ ] <71> Trip C
[ ] <72> Trip I>> (back-up operation)
[✓] <73> Fault location X in ohms (004 029) F T_DA : F aul t re act., pri m.
[✓] <74> Fault forward/line (036 018) SCDD: Faul t P f orward
[✓] <75> Fault reverse/busbar (036 019) SCDD: Faul t P backw ard
[✓] <76> Teleprotection signal (036 035) P SI G: Sen d ( sign al)

transmitted
[✓] <77> Teleprotection signal received (037 029) P SI G: R ece ive (s ignal )
[ ] <78> Zone 1
[ ] <79> Zone 2
[ ] <80> Zone 3
[ ] <81> Zone 4
[ ] <82> Zone 5
[ ] <83> Zone 6
[✓] <84> General starting (040 000) MA IN: Gen eral startin g
[✓] <85> Breaker failure (036 017) C BF: CB failu re
[ ] <86> Trip measuring system A
[ ] <87> Trip measuring system B
[ ] <88> Trip measuring system C
[ ] <89> Trip measuring system N
[✓] <90> Trip I> (040 042) MA IN: Tri pSi g. tI>/tI refP >
[✓] <91> Trip I>> (040 011) D TOC : Trip s ignal tI>>
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-13


[✓] <92> Trip IN> (040 043) MA IN: Tri pSig tIN>/tIre fN>
[✓] <93> Trip IN>> (040 028) DTOC : Tri p sign al tIN>>
Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction

[✓] <128> CB ‘on’ by AR (037 007) A RC : (Re ) clos e si gn al HSR
[✓] <129> CB ‘on’ by long-time AR (037 006) A RC : (Re ) clos e si gn al TDR
[✓] <130> AR blocked (037 008) A RC : Not re ady
Measurands in Monitor Direction

[✓] <144> Measurand I (006 041) MA IN: Cu rre nt B p. u.

(only with setting
COMM1: Tran sm.e n ab.cycl
.dat to ASDU 3.1 per IEC)
[✓] <145> Measurands I, V (006 041) MA IN: Cu rre nt B p. u.

(only with setting (005 045) MA IN: V oltage A -B p.u.
COMM1: Tran sm.e n ab.cycl
[✓] <146> Measurands I, V, P, Q (006 041) MA IN: Cu rre nt B p. u.

(only with setting (005 045) MA IN: V oltage A -B p.u.
COMM1: Tran sm.e n ab.cycl (004 051) MAIN: A ctive powe r P p. u.
(004 053) MA IN: Reac. pow er Q p.u.
[✓] <147> Measurands IN, VEN (005 011) MA IN: Current Σ ( IP ) p.u.
(only with setting (005 013) MAI N: V olt. Σ( VP G)/√3 p.u.
C OM M1 : Tran sm.en ab.cycl
[✓] <148> Measurands IA,B,C, VA,B,C, P, Q, f (005 041) MAI N: Cu rre nt A p.u.
(only with setting (006 041) MAIN: Curren t B p.u .
C OMM1 : Transm.e nab.cycl (007 041) MAI N: Cu rre nt C p. u.
.dat to ASDU 9 per IEC) (005 043) MAIN: V ol tage A-G p.u .
(006 043) MA IN: Voltage B-G p.u .
(007 043) MA IN: Voltage C-G p. u.
(004 051) MA IN: Act ive power P p.u.
(004 053) MAIN: Re ac. powe r Q p.u.
(004 040) MAIN: Fre que ncy f
A4-14 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Generic Functions in Monitor Direction
INF Description
[ ] <240> Read headings of all defined groups
[ ] <241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group
[ ] <243> Read directory of a single entry
[ ] <244> Read value or attribute of a single entry
[ ] <245> General interrogation of generic data
[ ] <249> Write entry with confirmation
[ ] <250> Write entry with execution
[ ] <251> Write entry abort
A4.2.1.3.4 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction
System Functions in Control Direction
INF Description
[✓] <0> Initiation of general interrogation
[✓] <0> Time synchronization
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-15

General Commands in Control Direction

[✓] <16> Auto-recloser on/off (015 064) A RC : En able d
[✓] <17> Teleprotection on/off (015 004) P SIG: Gen eral en abl e USER
[✓] <18> Protection on/off (003 030) MA IN: Devi ce on-l i ne
[✓] <19> LED reset (021 010) MA IN: Res et in dicat. U SER
[✓] <23> Activate characteristic 1 (003 060) P SS: Param .s u bs. se l. USE R
(Switches
PSS: Pa ram.su bs. se l .
USE R to Parameter subset
1.)
(Switches
2.)
(Switches
3.)
(Switches
4.)
A4-16 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Generic Functions in Control Direction
INF Description
[ ] <240> Read headings of all defined groups
[ ] <241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group
[ ] <243> Read directory of a single entry
[ ] <244> Read value or attribute of a single entry
[ ] <245> General interrogation of generic data
[ ] <248> Write entry
[ ] <249> Write entry with confirmation
[ ] <250> Write entry with execution
[ ] <251> Write entry abort
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A4-17

A4.2.1.3.5 Basic Application Functions
[✓] Test mode
[✓] Blocking of monitor direction
[✓] Disturbance data
[ ] Generic services
[✓] Private data
A4.2.1.3.6 Miscellaneous
Measured values are transmitted both with ASDU 3 and ASDU 9. As defined in
Sec. 7.2.6.8, the maximum MVAL can be either 1.2 or 2.4 times the rated value.
In ASDU 3 and ASDU 9, different ratings may not be used; in other words, there is
only one choice for each measurand.
Measured value Max. MVAL = nom. value multiplied by
1.2 or 2.4
Current A [ ] [✓]
Current B [ ] [✓]
Current C [ ] [✓]
Voltage A-G [ ] [✓]
Voltage B-G [ ] [✓]
Voltage C-G [ ] [✓]
Enabled power P [ ] [✓]
Reactive power Q [ ] [✓]
Frequency f [ ] [✓]
Voltage A-B [ ] [✓]
A4-18 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

P132
A5 List of Bay Types
A5.1 Key to the List of Bay Types
Supported Bay Types
In general, the selection of a bay type (via M A I N : T y p e o f b a y) is accepted by

the P132 only if all of the following requirements are fulfilled:
● The selected ID number is known by the P132, i. e. is available as a
pre-defined standard bay type.
● Binary I/O module X(6I 6O) has been fitted to slot 6 (40 TE case) or 12
(84 TE case).
● The hardware (in particular the set of all binary I/O modules and
power supply) has got a sufficient number of inputs and outputs as
required by the selected bay type.
● Bay types with more than 3 switchgear devices are not supported by
the P132.
● Bay types are generally not supported by the P132 in 24 TE case.
● None of the inputs/outputs required by the selected bay type has
been previously assigned to a non-control function.
In case of the setting M A I N : A u t o - a s s i g n m e n t I / O = Yes, the following two
constraints must be noted:
● The activation of a new bay type overwrites all DEVxx / SIG_1 /
CMD_1 assignments to I/O elements that have been previously made
(for the previous bay type definition).
● If the automatic I/O assignment fails because some required inputs
and outputs have been assigned to a non-control function, or because
the number of I/O elements available is not sufficient, then the
previously selected bay type remains active and an error message
“Signal from device: Hardware module not fitted (0x8063)” is
reported in the “kommprot.txt” log file.
Sorting the Bay Types

The bay types are sorted by the criteria listed below. These criteria are encoded
in the first three characters of the bay type code (example: A11.100.R01) given
in brackets after the Bay Type No. (example: 2). Sorting is first by “Type of bay”
in the order given below, then within each group by the second and third
character in ascending order.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-1

P132 A5 List of Bay Types
● Type of bay
o A – Feeder bays
o L – Bus sectionalizer bay
o Q –Bus coupler bay
o K – Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay
o M – Busbar measurement bay
o E – Busbar grounding bay
o X – Other bay type
● Number of busbars
o 1 – Single busbar
o 2 – Double busbar
o 9 – Without busbar / other configurations
● Equipment
o 1 – Bays with switch truck or withdrawable switchgear assembly
o 2 – Bays with two circuit breakers or switch disconnectors on switch
trucks or withdrawable switchgear assembly
o 3 – Bays with stationary switchgear units
o 5 – Bays with stationary switchgear units and three-position disconnector
o 9 – Other bay types
Key
Bay Type No.: This number indicates the value to be set at MAIN: Type of
b ay (Menu branch Par/Conf) in order to configure the unit for the selected bay
type.
Special Designations for External Devices:

● Mot.relay: Motor relay
● Shunt wd.: Shunt winding
Table “Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays”:
Column “Switchgear unit”: This column begins with the designation for the
external device (switchgear unit). The function group follows in brackets. The
function group encompasses all setting options for monitoring the switchgear
unit and its signals. “Open” and “Close(d)” indicate the signal message or control
direction of the switchgear unit.
Column “Binary Input”: The “Open” or “Closed” signal should be connected to
the binary input U xxxx. The connection points of the binary input U xxxx are
shown in the terminal connection diagrams.
Column “Output relay”: The “Open” or “Close” control of the switchgear unit is
effected via output relay K xxxx. The connection points of the output relay K xxxx
are shown in the terminal connection diagrams.
Table “Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station
Interlocking”:
The interlock equations are stored at substation control level, not at unit level.
A5-2 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5 List of Bay Types P132
Symbols used in the Boolean interlock equations:

● /: Negation
● 0: Switchgear unit “Open”
● I : Switchgear unit “Closed”
● X: Switchgear unit in intermediate position
● FctBl1: Function block 1, configuration at MA IN: In p.as g. fct.block. 1
(menu branch Par/Func/Cont)
● FctBl2: Function block 1, configuration at MA IN: In p.as g. f ct. block .2
(menu branch Par/Func/Cont)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-3

A5.2 Predefined Bay Types
A5.2.1 Feeder Bays
A5.2.1.1 Bay type No. 2: Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar
A11.100.R01
Switchgear unit Binary input Output relay
Q0 (DEV01) Open U A01 K A01
Close(d) U A02 K A02
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X0
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Tab. A5-1: Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays
Switchgear
Control O/C Interlock equation
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Tab. A5-2: Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking
Switchgear
unit

Tab. A5-3: Bay Interlock Equations for Operation with Station Interlocking
A5-4 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A11.100.R02
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X0
Close(d) U A04 K A04 Q0
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-5

A5.2.1.3 Bay type No. 546: Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct
motor control
A11.101.M03

Q8
Motor relay (SIG_1: Si gnal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CM D_1: Command C 011) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD_1 : C ommand C01 2) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-6 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A11.101.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 /

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-7

A11.101.R02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-8 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A11.101.R03

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-9

A11.108.R01

Q15
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear
unit

A5-10 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A11.109.M03
Q8 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X0 Q15
X0 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05

Q8
Q15 (DEV04) Open U B01 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: S ignal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD_1: Command C 011) / K B05

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-11

A11.109.R01
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X0 Q15
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Q15 (DEV07) Open U C01 /
Close(d) U C02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-12 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A11.109.R03
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X0 Q15

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-13

A11.132.R01

X0
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 /
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q8
Close(d) U A06 / Q52
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-14 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A11.134.R02.1
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q81
Q1 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q1
Q82
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-15

A11.135.R02.1

Q15
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q81
Q82
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

A5-16 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.1.14 Bay type No. 7: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar
A11.200.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-17

A11.200.R02
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-18 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A11.201.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-19

A11.201.R02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-20 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A11.201.R03

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-21

A5.2.1.19 Bay type No. 12: Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single
busbar
A11.400.R01

X0
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
F
F (SIG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-22 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
A11.400.R02

X0
Q0
F
F (S IG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 /
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-23

busbar
A11.401.R01

X0
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 / F
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-24 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
A11.401.R02

X0
Q0
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-25

busbar
A11.401.R03

X0
Q0
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 F
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-26 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.1.24 Bay type No. 17: Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar
A11.900.R01
X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-27

A5.2.1.25 Bay type No. 504: Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar
A11.901.R00
Close(d) U A04 /
BB1
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 / X0
Close(d) U A06 /
Q8
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-28 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.104.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-29

motor control
A13.105.M03

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

A5-30 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.105.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-31

A13.105.R02
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-32 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.105.R03
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-33

A13.106.R03
Q0
Q9
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-34 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A13.107.M04
Q0
Q9
Q8
Q8 (DEV04) Open U B01 K B01
Close(d) U B02 K B02
Motor relay (SIG_1: Si gnal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD_1 : C ommand C01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD _1: C ommand C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-35

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-36 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.107.R01
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q9
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-37

A13.107.R03
Q0
Q9
Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-38 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.107.R04
Q0
Q9
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-39

A13.111.R03

Q15
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

A5-40 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.200.R01
Q0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-41

A5.2.1.38 Bay type No. 27: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,
direct motor control
A13.201.M02

Q0

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-42 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.201.R01

Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-43

A13.201.R02

Q0

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-44 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.1.41 Bay type No. 30: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,
A13.205.M03

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-45

A13.205.R01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-46 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.205.R02
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-47

A13.205.R03
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

A5-48 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
A13.400.R01

Q0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-49

busbar, direct motor control
A13.401.M02

Q0
Close(d) U A04 K A04 F
F (SIG_1 : Signal S 011 EXT) U B05 / Q8
Shunt winding (C MD _1 : C ommand C01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: C ommand C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-50 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
A13.401.R01

Q0
Close(d) U A04 / F
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-51

busbar
A13.401.R02

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-52 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A13.405.M03
Q0
F
Q8
F (SIG_1 : Signal S 011 EXT) U B05 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-53

busbar
A13.405.R01
Q0
Close(d) U A04 /
F
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-54 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
A13.405.R02
Q0
F
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-55

busbar
A13.405.R03
Q0
F
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

A5-56 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.1.53 Bay type No. 503: Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit,
single busbar
A13.432.R02

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-57

single busbar
A13.433.R02

Q0 Q15
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-58 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A15.105.M02

Q1

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: Signal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C 011) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD _1 : Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-59

motor control
A15.105.M03

Q1

Q8
Motor relay (C MD_1 : Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

A5-60 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-61

A15.105.R01

Q1
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)

A5-62 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A15.105.R02

Q1

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-63

A15.105.R03

Q1

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)

A5-64 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.1.60 Bay type No. 45: Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct
motor control
A21.104.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 K A04 X0
Q0
X0 (DEV04) Open U B01 K B01
Motor relay (SIG_1: Signal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: C ommand C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-65

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-66 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.1.61 Bay type No. 46: Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar
A21.104.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
X0 (DEV04) Open U B01 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-67

A21.104.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
A5-68 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.104.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-69

motor control
A21.105.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Shunt winding (CM D_1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_ 1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-70 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-71

A21.105.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-72 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.105.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-73

A21.105.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-74 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.105.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-75

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-76 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.125.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A04 K A04 X01 X02
Q01 Q02
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Close(d) U C02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-77

A5.2.1.70 Bay type No. 54: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar,
A21.204.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-78 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-79

A5.2.1.71 Bay type No. 55: Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar
A21.204.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-80 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.204.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-81

A21.204.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-82 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.205.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Shunt winding (C MD_1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD _1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-83

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-84 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.205.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-85

A21.205.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
A5-86 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.205.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-87

A21.205.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-88 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-89

double busbar, direct motor control
A21.404.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
F (SIG_1: S ignal S011 EXT) U B05 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-90 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-91

double busbar
A21.404.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
F
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-92 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
A21.404.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-93

double busbar
A21.404.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-94 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A21.405.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
F (SIG_1 : S ignal S011 EXT) U B05 /
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CM D_1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-95

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-96 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
A21.405.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
F
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-97

double busbar
A21.405.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit
A5-98 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
A21.405.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-99

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-100 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
A21.405.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q0
F

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-101

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-102 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A22.101.R02

BB1
BB2
X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 K A04 Q01 Q02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-103

A22.101.R04

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-104 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-105

A22.101.R05

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-106 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-107

A22.103.R02

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Switchgear
unit
Q01 Close(d) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
A5-108 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A22.103.R03

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-109

A22.103.R05

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-110 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-111

A22.103.R06

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-112 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-113

A22.201.R02

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit

A5-114 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A22.201.R04

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-115

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-116 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A22.201.R05

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-117

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-118 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A22.203.R02

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-119

A22.203.R03

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-120 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A22.203.R05

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-121

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-122 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A22.203.R06

BB1
BB2
X01 X02

Q9

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-123

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-124 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A23.104.M03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-125

A23.104.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-126 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.104.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-127

motor control
A23.105.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-128 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-129

A23.105.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-130 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.105.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-131

A23.105.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-132 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A23.106.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-133

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-134 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.106.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-135

A23.106.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-136 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A23.107.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-137

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-138 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.107.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-139

A23.107.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-140 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.107.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-141

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-142 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.204.M03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-143

A23.204.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-144 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.204.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-145

A23.205.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-146 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-147

A23.205.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-148 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.205.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-149

A23.205.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-150 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.206.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-151

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-152 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.206.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-153

A23.206.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-154 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.207.M05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-155

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-156 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.207.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 / Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-157

A23.207.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-158 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.207.R05

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-159

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-160 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A23.404.M03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Motor relay (CMD _1: C ommand C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-161

double busbar
A23.404.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-162 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
A23.404.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-163

A23.405.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-164 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-165

double busbar
A23.405.R01

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-166 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
A23.405.R03

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-167

double busbar
A23.405.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Q0
Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

A5-168 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A25.105.M03.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C0 11) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD _1: C omm and C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-169

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
A5-170 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A25.105.M03.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: S ig nal S012 EXT) U B06 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-171

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
A5-172 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A25.105.M04.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C0 11) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD _1: C omm and C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-173

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-174 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

motor control
A25.105.M04.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & (FctBl2=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-175

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-176 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A25.105.R01.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-177

A25.105.R01.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
A5-178 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A25.105.R03.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-179

A25.105.R03.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
A5-180 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A25.105.R04.1

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-181

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-182 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A25.105.R04.2

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-183

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-184 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A25.128.R01

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /
Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-185

A25.128.R05

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
A5-186 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-187

A5.2.2 Bus Sectionalizer Bays
A5.2.2.1 Bay type No. 133: Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single
busbar
L11.100.R01

BSa BSb

X01
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-188 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.100.R01.2

BSa BSb

X01
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-189

busbar
L11.100.R02

BSa BSb

X01

Q0
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-190 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.102.R01

BSa BSb

X0
Q15
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-191

busbar
L11.102.R01.2

BSa BSb

X0
Q15
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-192 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.104.R01

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X01
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-193

busbar
L11.104.R02

BSa BSb

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-194 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.104.R03

BSa BSb

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (Q8=I)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-195

L11.112.M04

BSa BSb

Q15 Q16
X0
Q0
Motor relay (SIG_1 : Si gnal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD_1 : C om mand C01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: C ommand C 012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q15 Close(d) (Q15=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-196 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.112.R01.2

BSa BSb

X01
Q15 Q16
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-197

busbar
L11.116.R01

BSa BSb

X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-198 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.116.R01.2

BSa BSb

X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-199

busbar
L11.116.R03

BSa BSb

X01 X02

Q0
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-200 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

L11.120.M03

BSa BSb
Q8 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (SIG_1 : S ig nal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD_1 : C om mand C01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CM D_1: Command C 012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-201

L11.120.M03.2

BSa BSb
Q8 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X02 X01

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: C ommand C 011) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD _1: C ommand C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-202 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.120.R01

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-203

busbar
L11.120.R03

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-204 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.120.R03

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X01 X02

Q8
Close(d) U A06 /

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-205

busbar
L11.120.R04

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 X01 X02

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-206 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L11.128.R01

BSa BSb
X01 (DEV02) Open U A03 / X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 / Q0

Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-207

L13.113.M03

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q81 Q82
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

A5-208 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-209

L13.113.M05

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q81 Q82

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-210 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-211

busbar
L13.113.R01

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Close(d) U A04 / Q0
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-212 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L13.113.R03

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q81 Q82
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-213

busbar
L13.113.R03.2

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-214 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L13.113.R05

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q81 Q82

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-215

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-216 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.2.27 Bay type No. 148: Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single
busbar
L13.200.R01

BSa BSb
Q0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-217

busbar
L13.202.R01

BSa BSb

Q15
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Q16
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-218 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L13.202.R03

BSa BSb

Q15
Q0
Q16
Switchgear
unit
Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=I)
Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=I)

Switchgear
unit
Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-219

L15.113.M03

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-220 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-221

L15.113.M05

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
A5-222 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-223

busbar
L15.113.R01

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Close(d) U A04 /
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
A5-224 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L15.113.R03

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-225

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-226 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L15.113.R05

BSa BSb

Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-227

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
A5-228 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.2.35 Bay type No. 154: Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double
L21.101.M04.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03 BB2
Q11 Q12
X0
Shunt winding (CMD _1: C ommand C 01 1) / K B05

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-229

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-230 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

L21.101.M04.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
X0

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-231

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

A5-232 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L21.101.R01.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 (DEV02) Open U A03 / BB2
Q11 Q12
Close(d) U A04 /
X0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-233

busbar
L21.101.R01.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Close(d) U A04 /
X0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
A5-234 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L21.101.R03.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
X0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-235

busbar
L21.101.R03.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
X0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-236 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L21.101.R04.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
X0

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-237

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

A5-238 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L21.101.R04.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
X0

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-239

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

A5-240 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L21.109.R03.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
X0
Q12 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q0 Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-241

busbar
L21.109.R03.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
X0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-242 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L23.101.R02

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q21
Q12 Q22
Q11 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q01 Q02
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-243

busbar
L23.101.R06

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q21
Q12 Q22
Q11 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q01 Q02

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q12 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q21 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
Q22 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
A5-244 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q12 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q21 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
Q22 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-245

A5.2.2.47 Bay type No. 554: Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit,
L23.901.M01.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Motor relay (SIG_1: Si gnal S0 12 EXT) U B06 / BB2
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C 011) / K B05 Q11
Motor relay (C MD _ 1: Command C0 12) / K B06
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-246 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

L23.901.M01.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Motor relay (SIG_1: Si gnal S0 12 EXT) U B06 / BB2
Shunt winding (CMD_1: Command C 011) / K B05 Q21
Motor relay (C MD _1: Command C0 12) / K B06
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-247

double busbar
L23.901.R02

BSa BSb
BB1
Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q11=0)
Close(d) (Q11=I)
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-248 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

L23.903.M01.3

BB1
BB2 Q12
Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: Command C 01 1) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD_1 : C om mand C01 2) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q12 Open (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q12=I)
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-249

L23.903.M01.4

BB1
BB2
Q15 (DEV02) Open U A03 / Q21
Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: C ommand C011) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: Command C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-250 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

L23.903.M02

Q11
BB1
Q21
Q16 Q26
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (C MD _1 : C om mand C01 2) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q11 Open (Q11=0)
Close(d) (Q11=I)
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-251

L25.113.M03.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-252 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-253

L25.113.M03.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Q25 Q26
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

A5-254 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-255

L25.113.M05.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
A5-256 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-257

L25.113.M05.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Q25 Q26
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
A5-258 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-259

busbar
L25.113.R01.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Close(d) U A04 /
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
A5-260 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
L25.113.R01.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Close(d) U A04 /
Q25 Q26
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-261

busbar
L25.113.R03.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

A5-262 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-263

busbar
L25.113.R03.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Q25 Q26
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

A5-264 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-265

busbar
L25.113.R05.1

BSa BSb
BB1
Q11 Q12
Q15 Q16
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
A5-266 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-267

busbar
L25.113.R05.2

BSa BSb
BB1
Q21 Q22
Q25 Q26
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
A5-268 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-269

A5.2.3 Bus Coupler Bays
A5.2.3.1 Bay type No. 505: Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar
Q21.100.R01

BB1
BB2
X0
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-270 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.3.2 Bay type No. 197: Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,
Q21.101.M04

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-271

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

A5-272 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q21.101.R01

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 / X0
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-273

Q21.101.R03

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Q0
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-274 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q21.101.R04

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-275

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

A5-276 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q21.112.M04

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
Q0

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-277

Q21.112.M04.2

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
Q0
Shunt winding (CMD _1: C ommand C 011) / K B05
Motor relay (C MD_1: C ommand C0 12) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-278 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q21.117.R01

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11
Close(d) U A04 / Q20 Q21

X0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Switchgear
unit
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-279

Q21.117.R05

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11

X0
Close(d) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-280 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-281

Q21.117.R06

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11

X0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

A5-282 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-283

Q21.132.R01

BB1
BB2
X0 Q15

Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

A5-284 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q21.133.R01

BB1
BB2
X01 X02
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-285

Q23.101.M03

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20

Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-286 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q23.101.R01

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 /
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-287

Q23.101.R03

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q20

Q0
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-288 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q23.117.R01

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11
Close(d) U A04 / Q20 Q21
Q0
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-289

Q23.117.R05

BB1
BB2
Q10 Q11
Q0

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
A5-290 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.105.M03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-291

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-292 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.105.M04

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-293

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
A5-294 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.105.R01

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-295

Q25.105.R03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-296 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.105.R04

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-297

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
A5-298 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.109.M03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-299

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-300 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.109.M04

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-301

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
A5-302 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.109.R01

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-303

Q25.109.R03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

A5-304 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.109.R04

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q8

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-305

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
A5-306 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.113.M03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q15 Q25
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Motor relay (CMD _1: Command C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-307

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

A5-308 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.113.M05

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q15 Q25
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S012 EXT) U B06 /
Motor relay (CMD _1: Command C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-309

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
A5-310 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Q25.113.R01

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20
Close(d) U A04 /
Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-311

Q25.113.R03

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q15 Q25
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

A5-312 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-313

Q25.113.R05

BB2
BB1
Q10 Q20

Q15 Q25

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
A5-314 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-315

A5.2.4 Bus Coupler and Sectionalizer Bays
A5.2.4.1 Bay type No. 218: Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit
breaker, double busbar
K29.101.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1
Q2
X0 Q10
Q20
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Close(d) U C02 /
Close(d) U C04 /
Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)

A5-316 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-317

A5.2.4.2 Bay type No. 219: Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit
breaker, double busbar
K29.101.R06

BB1
BB2
Q1
Q2
X0 Q10
Q20
Close(d) U C02 /
Close(d) U C04 /
A5-318 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /
(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Q2 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /
(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Q2 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-319

A5.2.5 Busbar Measurement Bays
A5.2.5.1 Bay type No. 171: Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single
busbar
M11.300.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
F (SIG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 / X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-320 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
M11.300.R01
F (S IG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 / X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-321

busbar
M11.304.R02

Q15
F
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-322 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.5.4 Bay type No. 173: Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit,
single busbar
M11.900.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-323

single busbar
M11.900.R01
X0
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-324 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

M13.312.M02
F
Motor relay (C MD _1 : C ommand C01 2) / K B06

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-325

busbar
M13.312.R01
Q15 (DEV02) Open U A03 / Q1 Q15
F
Close(d) U A04 /
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-326 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
M13.312.R02
F
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-327

single busbar
M13.902.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
BB1
Q1
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-328 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

single busbar, direct motor control
M15.903.M01

Q1
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S01 2 EX T) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD _1: C ommand C0 1 1) / K B05
Motor relay (CM D_1: Command C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-329

M15.903.M02

Q1

Q8
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S01 2 EX T) U B06 /
Shunt winding (C MD _1: C ommand C0 11) / K B05
Motor relay (CMD_1: Command C012) / K B06

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
A5-330 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

single busbar
M15.903.R01

Q1
Close(d) U A04 /
Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-331

single busbar
M15.903.R02

Q1

Q8
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
A5-332 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A5.2.5.14 Bay type No. 180: Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double
busbar
M21.302.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
F1 F2
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
F1 (S IG_1: Sign al S01 1 EX T) U B05 /
F2 (S IG_1: Signal S01 2 EX T) U B06 /

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-333

busbar
M21.302.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
F1 F2
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S01 1 EX T) U B05 /

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
A5-334 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
M21.312.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
X01 X02
X01 (DEV03) Open U A05 / F1 F2
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S 01 1 EXT) U B05 /
F2 (S IG_1: Sign al S01 2 EXT) U B06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-335

busbar
M21.312.R04

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
X01 X02
X01 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 F1 F2
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S 01 1 EXT) U B05 /
F2 (SIG_1: Signal S01 2 EXT) U B06 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-336 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
M21.902.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-337

double busbar
M21.902.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2

Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
Switchgear
unit
X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
A5-338 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
M21.912.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
X01 X02
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-339

double busbar
M21.912.R04

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
X01 X02

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-340 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
M23.302.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Close(d) U A04 K A04 F1 F2
F1 (S IG_1: Sign al S01 1 EX T) U B05 /
F2 (S IG_1: Signal S01 2 EX T) U B06 /
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-341

busbar
M23.312.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
F1 F2
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S 01 1 EX T) U B05 /
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-342 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

M23.328.M04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q15 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q15 Q25
F2 (S IG_1: Signal S0 10 EXT) U B04 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-343

busbar
M23.328.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q15 (DEV03) Open U A05 / Q15 Q25
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-344 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
M23.328.R04

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Q15 (DEV03) Open U A05 K A05 Q15 Q25
F1 (S IG_1: Signal S0 11 EXT) U B05 /

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-345

double busbar
M23.902.R02

BB1
BB2
Q1 Q2
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-346 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
M23.904.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
BB1
BB2
Q15
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-347

M23.906.M01

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q1
Close(d) U A04 /

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-348 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

M23.906.M02

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q15

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-349

double busbar
M23.908.R00
Close(d) U A02 /
BB1
BB2
Q25
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-350 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

M23.910.M01

BB1
BB2
Q25 Q2
Close(d) U A04 /

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-351

M23.910.M02

BB2
BB1
Q2 Q25

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-352 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
M23.912.R02

BB1
BB2
Q15 Q25
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-353

M25.903.M02

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: Command C 011) / K B05

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
A5-354 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

M25.903.M04

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82
Motor relay (SIG_1: Sig nal S0 12 EXT) U B06 /
Shunt winding (CMD _1: Command C 011) / K B05

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-355

double busbar
M25.903.R02

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
A5-356 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
M25.903.R04

BB2
BB1
Q1 Q2

Q81 Q82

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

Switchgear
unit
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-357

A5.2.6 Busbar Grounding Bays
A5.2.6.1 Bay type No. 129: Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit,
E13.901.M01

Q15
Motor relay (C MD_1 : Command C0 12) / K B06
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-358 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

single busbar
E13.901.R01
Q15
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-359

E23.903.M02

BB2
BB1
Q15 Q25

Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
A5-360 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

double busbar
E23.903.R02

BB2
BB1
Q15 Q25
Switchgear
unit

Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-361

A5.2.7 Other Bay Types
A5.2.7.1 Bay type No. 1: Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without
busbar
X99.901.R00
Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
A5-362 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

busbar
X99.902.R06.2
S001 (S IG_1: Si gnal S0 01 EXT) U A01 /
S002 (SI G_1: Signal S00 2 EXT) U A02 / I O

1 □ 13 1 □
2 □ 14 2 □
S003 (SI G_1: Signal S00 3 EXT) U A03 / 3 □ 15 3 □
4 □ 16 4 □
5 □ 17 5 □
S004 (S IG_1: Signal S00 4 EXT) U A04 / 6 □ 18 6 □
7 19 7
8 20 8
S005 (S IG_1: Signal S00 5 EXT) U A05 / 9 9
10 10
11 11
S006 (S IG_1: Signal S00 6 EXT) U A06 / 12 12
C001 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 01) / K A01
C002 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 02) / K A02
C003 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 03) / K A03
C004 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 04) / K A04
C005 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 05) / K A05
C006 (CMD_1: C ommand C0 06) / K A06

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-363

busbar
X99.903.R12.2
S001 (S IG_1: Signal S0 01 EXT) U A01 /
S002 (SI G_1: Signal S00 2 EXT) U A02 / I O

1 □ 13 1 □
2 □ 14 2 □
S003 (SI G_1: Signal S00 3 EXT) U A03 / 3 □ 15 3 □
4 □ 16 4 □
5 □ 17 5 □
S004 (S IG_1: Signal S00 4 EXT) U A04 / 6 □ 18 6 □
7 □ 19 7 □
8 □ 20 8 □
S005 (S IG_1: Signal S00 5 EXT) U A05 / 9 □ 9 □
10 □ 10 □
11 □ 11 □
S006 (S IG_1: Signal S00 6 EXT) U A06 / 12 □ 12 □
S007 (S IG_1: Signal S00 7 EXT) U B01 /
C001 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 01) / K A01
C002 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 02) / K A02
C003 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 03) / K A03
C004 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 04) / K A04
C005 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 05) / K A05
C006 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 06) / K A06
C007 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 07) / K B01
C008 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 08) / K B02
C009 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 09) / K B03
C010 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 10) / K B04
C011 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 11) / K B05
C012 (CMD_1: Co mmand C0 12) / K B06

A5-364 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Switchgear
unit
―
Switchgear
unit
―
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A5-365

A5-366 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

P132
A6 Version History
A6.1 Version History – MiCOM P30
A6.1.1 P132 ‑301 ‑401 ‑601 … ‑312 ‑4xx ‑655‑701
A6.1.1.1 P132 ‑301 ‑401 ‑601

Release: 2004‒04‒20
Initial product release.
A6.1.1.2 P132 ‑302 ‑404/405/406 ‑602

Release: 2005‒03‒16
Hardware
Binary signal inputs with a higher switching threshold are now available.
Installation is only recommended if the application specifically requires such
binary signal inputs.
The 4-pole voltage transformer module (without current inputs for the over- /
underfrequency protection variant) can now be fitted in slot 4 as an alternative.
Diagram
The new terminal connection diagrams include the new 4-pole voltage
transformer module (without current inputs for the over-/underfrequency
protection variant):
● P132 ‑404 (for 40 TE case, pin-terminal connection)
● P132 ‑405 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: ring-terminal connection;
other modules: pin-terminal connection)
● P132 ‑406 (for 84 TE case, ring-terminal connection)
Software
MEASI Open-circuit monitoring of the 20 mA input has been improved.
COMM1 With the IEC 60870-5-101 protocol, time stamping of signals with 7 bytes is now
possible.
With the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, function types of external devices (DEVxx)
are now supported as of 240 instead of 242.
Time stamping of status signals from external devices has been adapted to the
DNP3 protocol.
Bug fixing:
● With the Courier protocol, a change of a communication parameter will no
longer lead to a sporadic warm restart of the device.
COMM1/COMM2 With the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, the selection of measured operating values
has been extended for the cyclic ILS telegram.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-1

P132 A6 Version History
COMM3 Bug fixing:

● After a warm restart with COMM3 activated, the entry at SFMON:
Ha rdware e rror COMM3 (093 143) will now only occur if appropriate.
SFMON The “memory function” of the monitoring signal memory can now be set. After
the associated timer stage has elapsed, a renewed occurrence of a warning is
processed as if it were a first occurrence.
TGFD The setting parameters for the function TGFD are now included in the parameter
subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by selecting the
appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually enable this
function in each parameter subset.
Bug fixing:
● With a sensitive setting of the current stage TGF D : I N,p> PSx it could
previously occur that the self-monitoring function was triggered and would
then issue the warning signal (093 095) SF MON : D AC fault y module
N.
● When function group TGFD was enabled, TGFD decisions were issued that
had previously been stored.
A6-2 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6 Version History P132
MAIN Parameters from the MAIN function, which could previously only be set in the
branch "General Functions" of the menu tree, have been transferred to the
parameter subsets.
● MAI N: N eut r.pt. t re at. PSx
● MA IN : Hld ti me dyn.par.P Sx
● MAIN : B l.tim.st.IN, ne g PSx
● MAI N: Ge n. star t. m ode P Sx
● MAI N: Op . r ush re st r. PSx
● MA IN : R ush I( 2fn) /I( f n) PSx
● MAI N: I >l ift rus h res trP Sx
● MAI N: Suppr.start.si g. P Sx
● MAIN: t GS PSx
With this improvement it is now possible to consider operational changes by
selecting the appropriate parameter subset.
The primary source for synchronizing the date and time can now be selected.
Available are COMM1, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input for minute signal
pulses. A backup source may additionally be selected.
● (103 210) MA IN: Pri m.Sour ce Ti me Syn c
● (103 211) MA IN: Ba cku pSource Time Sync
For bay control function signals detected via binary signal inputs and
conditioned with debouncing it is now possible to select whether the time tag for
the signal is to be issued after debouncing (or when the first pulse edge is
detected). The setting (221 083) MAI N: Time TagAfter Debounce is provided
for this purpose.
The following per unit measured operating values have been added:
● (009 016) MA IN : C urr e nt Ipos p. u.
● (009 015) MAIN: Curre nt Ine g p.u.
● (009 018) MAIN: V ol tage V pos p.u.
● (009 017) MAI N: V oltage Vne g p.u .
● (004 070) MAI N: Fre qu en cy f p.u.
● (005 072) MAIN: An gle VP G/IN p. u.
● (005 073) MA IN : Load an gle phi A p.u
● (005 074) MA IN: Load angl e ph i B p.u
● (005 075) MAI N: L oad an gl e ph i C p.u
● (005 076) MAI N: A ngl e ph i N p.u .
Bug fixing:
● The enabling or disabling of the ground protection via a binary signal input
was incorrectly inverted.
PSIG Bug fixing:

● The enabling or disabling of the protective signaling via a binary signal
input was incorrectly inverted.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-3

ARC Bug fixing:

● The enabling or disabling of the ARC function via a binary signal input was
incorrectly inverted.
● The DTOC negative-sequence current stage started the ARC by triggering
the ARC trip time of the IDMT negative-sequence current stage.
ASC Selecting the CB assignment to an external device has been adapted to the
maximum possible number of external devices.
Bug fixing:
● The enabling or disabling of the ASC function via a binary signal input was
incorrectly inverted.
GFDSS The setting parameters for the function GFDSS are now included in the
parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by
selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually
enable this function in each parameter subset.
Processing of the function GFDSS now occurs with a higher priority in order to
obtain reduced reaction times with less fluctuation. This is a response to the
increased application of ground fault direction signaling as a tripping condition.
Bug fixing:
● The cause for faulty or unstable directional decisions with the operate
delay tVNG> set below 60 ms has been removed.
● The operate delays LS and BS are now accurate, even with set values
> 65 s.
P<> Bug fixing:

● When setting a high operate value as well as a high disengaging ratio for
the P< or Q< stages an internal overflow was possible that led to a lower
disengaging ratio than that which had been set.
DTOC A fourth overcurrent stage (residual current stage) IN>>>> with an extended
setting range has been integrated.
Because of its extended setting range this stage always uses the residual
current calculated from the three phase currents.
SCDD A voltage memory has been added to the short-circuit direction determination
function. In general SCDD will operate as previously with the non-faulted
voltages. Now the device offers a voltage memory from which the SCDD
function can obtain necessary voltage information for direction determination
when 3-pole faults with a large 3-phase voltage drop have occurred.
MP The motor protection function has been extended by these per unit measured
operating values:
● (005 071) MP: The rm. re pl . MP p.u.
● (005 086) MP: St-u ps s t. perm.p. u.
A6-4 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

V<> The over-/undervoltage function may now be optionally operated with an enable
threshold based on the minimum current monitor for the undervoltage stage V<.
There are two new setting parameters to activate the operating mode for
minimum current monitoring and to set the enable threshold:
● V<>: O p. mode V< mon. PSx (001 162)
● V<>: I e nabl e V < P Sx (001 155)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-5

A6.1.1.3 P132 ‑302 ‑404/405/406 ‑603

Release: 2005‒10‒26
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
MAIN Bug fixing:

● If the Reference Language had been chosen, the selection texts for
parameter MA IN: Ne utr.pt. tr e at. P Sx (010 048) were nevertheless
displayed in the Regional Language (German, French or Spanish
depending on the order option).
OUTP Bug fixing:

● When the X(6I 8O) binary I/O module (6 binary inputs and 8 output relays)
was fitted in slot 12 of an 84 TE case the configuration parameters for the
last two output relays were hidden.
A6.1.1.4 P132 ‑302 ‑404/405/406 ‑603-701

Release: 2006‒03‒01
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
DEVxx The electric control of external devices has now received a higher priority. This
results in greatly decreased triggering times with default switch control
commands via the electric control.
A6-6 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.5 P132 ‑303 ‑407/408/409 ‑610

Release: 2006‒07‒17
Hardware
The new Ethernet module for communication per IEC 61850 is now available and
may be fitted to slot 2 as an alternative to communication module A.
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces on the Ethernet
communication module.
P132 ‑407 (for 40 TE case, pin-terminal connection)
P132 ‑408 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: ring-terminal connection; other
modules: pin-terminal connection)
P132 ‑409 (for 84 TE case, ring-terminal connection)
Software
LOC Addition of the measured value to the selection for the Operation Panel M EASI:
Scaled va lue ID C ,l in (004 180).
IEC Initial implementation of the IEC 61850 communication protocol.
GSSE In conjunction with the IEC 61850 communication protocol a communication

procedure has been implemented that is compatible with previous UCA2 GOOSE
for the exchange of binary information within an Ethernet network section.
CBM Function group circuit breaker monitoring (CBM) has been added.
FT_RC The signal (002 002) FT_R C: Re cord.tr ig active has been implemented,
which shows that a fault-recording trigger is present.
DVICE Implementation of editable device identification data:

D VI CE: PCS Orde r No. (001 200)
D VI CE: Locat ion (001 201)
GOOSE In conjunction with the IEC 61850 communication protocol the IEC-GOOSE
communication procedure for the exchange of binary information within an
Ethernet network section has been implemented.
MAIN When transmitting determined energy output values via address readout, the
values “Overflow” and “Not measured” are now hidden.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-7

ARC Designations of HSR and TDR trip times for IDMT phase, ground and negative
sequence current stages have been changed to read:
● AR C: HSRt rip .t .I re f,P P Sx (015 094)
● AR C: HSR tri p.t .Ire f, N PSx (015 096)
● AR C: HSRt r.t.I ref, ne g PSx (015 034)
● AR C: TDRt rip.t.I re f,P P Sx (015 095)
● AR C: TDRt r ip .t. Ire f ,N P Sx (015 097)
● AR C: TDRt r.t .Ir ef ,n eg P Sx (015 035)
INP Bug fixing:

● The input signal (037 018) MA IN: Man. tri p cm d. E XT did not operate
when it was set as a receive signal for COMM3 and triggered via this
communication link.
A6-8 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.6 P132 ‑304/305 ‑412/413/414 ‑611

Release: 2007‒05‒16
Hardware
As an ordering option for the 40 TE and 84 TE model versions there is now a
variant available with a detachable HMI. The detachable HMI is always supplied
with a case width of 40 TE.
The detachable HMI provides 6 additional keys and LED indicators.
The freely configurable LED indicators (H 4 – H 16, H 18 – H 23) are provided as
multi-color LEDs and, depending on the trigger signal, will show red, green or
amber (superposition of red and green) light.
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces to connect the
detachable HMI and the additional LED indicators.
Software
CBF The complete revision of the circuit breaker failure protection function now
includes a current breaking-off criterion.
DVICE, LOC Because of the ordering option “detachable HMI” these additional Device
Identification parameters are now available:
● (002 131) DV ICE: SW ve rsi on DH MI
● (002 132) DVIC E: SW ve rs ion D HMI DM
● (221 099) LOC : Local H MI e xis ts
IEC Implementation of active monitoring of the communications data links to

logged-on clients with the parameter (104 062) IEC: TCP keep-alive t ime r.
This active monitoring now replaces previous passive monitoring by parameter
(104 050) I EC: I nact ivity time r.
Implementation of an automatic switchover to daylight saving time, activated by
parameter (104 219) IE C : Swi tch .dayl .s av.time. Switchover times for the
automatic switch to daylight saving time are governed by the following settings:
● (104 220) I EC: D ayl. sav.ti me start
● (104 221) I EC: Dayl .s av.time st. d
● (104 222) I EC: Dayl.s av.time st. m
● (104 223) IEC: Dayl.sav.t. st.0:00 +
● (104 225) IEC : Dayl .s av. time e nd
● (104 226) IE C: D ayl. sav.ti me e nd d
● (104 227) IEC: Dayl .s av.time en d m
● (104 228) IEC: Dayl .s av.t.e nd 0:0 0+
Instead of setting a router address and target network, so as to establish a
communication link to a client situated exterior to the local network, now only
the setting of the gateway address is required via (104 011) IEC: Gate way
addre ss.
Now “unbuffered reports” are available for all logical nodes.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-9

LOC Six additional function keys are freely configurable. These function keys may be
used to control switchgear units. Various functions may be assigned to the two
colors, red and green, available with the multi-color LEDs. (Should both assigned
functions be simultaneously present then the third color amber is generated.)
A selection of memories to be reset may now be assigned (with the new
parameter LOC : A ssignmen t res e t key) to the CLEAR key situated on the
local control panel. Now each time the CLEAR key is pressed not only the LED
indicators and the display are reset but the selected memory is also reset
immediately.
MAIN Two group reset parameters implemented, each of which will reset several
memories "simultaneously” with configurable assignment of eligible memories.
The group reset is now issued by a manual reset from the local control panel,
and may also be created by linking it to a binary signal input or a function key.
F_KEY The new control panel (HMI) is fitted with 6 freely configurable function keys
which may be used either as switches or keys, and are password protected.
Because of this the function group F_KEY “Configurable Function Keys” has been
added.
A6-10 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.7 P132 ‑306 ‑415/416/417/418/419 ‑612

Release: 2007‒11‒26
Hardware
Release of 24 TE mounting case variant with 10 colored LEDs, without function
keys and DHMI option. With limited number of boards and functionality compared
to 40 TE or 84 TE mounting case variants.
The binary I/O module X(4H) with four high-break contacts is now available.
Diagram
Diagram update with new X(4H) binary output module. Adding new terminal
connection diagrams for new 24 TE Pin and Hybrid variant.
Software
IEC IE C: Deadband valu e (104 051) was divided into several individual settings:
● (104 229) IEC : U pdate Me asur eme nts
● (104 230) I EC: De ad band IP
● (104 231) I EC: Dead ban d I N
● (104 232) IEC : De ad band V PP
● (104 233) IEC: Dead ban d V PG
● (104 234) I EC: De ad band f
● (104 235) IE C: De ad band P
● (104 236) I EC: De ad band ph i
● (104 237) I EC : De ad band Z
● (104 238) IEC : De ad band min /max
● (104 239) I EC: De ad band ASC
● (104 240) I EC: De ad band temp.
● (104 241) I EC: D ead ban d 20mA
MAIN The parameter (006 096) MAI N: Meas . dire ct ion P,Q allows for setting the
sign of the following measured operating data values for active and reactive
power:
● (004 050) MAI N: A cti ve pow er P prim.
● (004 052) MAI N: Re ac. power Q prim .
● (004 051) MA IN: A cti ve powe r P p.u.
● (004 052) MAIN: Re ac. pow er Q p.u.
CMD_1 The function group Single-Pole Commands (CMD_1) has been added.
MP Now the device features an “hours run” counter and this includes a comparison
to the corresponding set upper limit.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-11

A6.1.1.8 P132 ‑306 ‑415/416/417/418/419 ‑612-705

Release: 2008‒02‒13
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
MP Transmitting of the “Hours_Run” counter in IEC 61850.
CBF The startup criterion has been modified. After a CBF startup, the status of the
general trip signal or the external trigger signal are now no longer taken into
account.
The CBF will thus only reset if the current criterion is met (current values to fall
below I< with all three phases) or the CB state is open.
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● Bug fixing:
Switching commands are now carried out with the DNP3 protocol.
HMI When the control panel is active, the display lights up if the CLEAR key (C) on
the local HMI is pushed.
A6-12 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.9 P132 ‑307 ‑420/421/422/423/424 ‑612

Release: 2008‒05‒07
Hardware
As a variant, the new binary I/O module X(6I 3O) is now available to provide the
power supply module with an additional 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output
relays.
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the new
binary I/O module.
Software
No changes.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-13

A6.1.1.10 P132 ‑308 ‑420/421/425/426/427 ‑613

Release: 2009‒02‒28
Hardware
As a further variant the new binary I/O module X(6I 6H), fitted with high-power
contacts, is now available for control functions.
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the new
high-power binary I/O module.
Software
THERM The parameters THERM: Bl . f. C TA fau lt PSx have been replaced by the
parameters with an extended setting range THERM: Fun ct. f.CTA fail. PSx.
In order to obtain improved visibility control of the parameters for the relative
and absolute replica the previous parameter (022 063)
THERM: Operating m ode has been replaced by:
● (022 064) THERM: Rel ative re pli ca
● (022 065) THERM: A bs olu te replica
It should be remembered that an explicit selection – relative or absolute
replica – for the thermal overload protection must be carried out. If no such
explicit selection – relative or absolute replica – is carried out the thermal
overload protection will be blocked and the warning signal (039 110) THERM:
Set t ing error,b lock. is issued.
These parameters are now available to set the over temperature and the
warning temperature in the absolute replica:
● THER M: O/T f.Ire f pe rs . PSx
● THER M: War ning te mp. P Sx
The following signals have been added to the thermal overload protection:
● (039 024) THE R M: R eclos ur e bl ocked
● (040 035) THERM: Not re ady
The new measured operating value “Thermal current” has been implemented as
a part of function group THERM.
Statustherm,repl
I therm,prim = 100 · I ref · I nom,CT,prim
I,therm,prim: THERM: Curre nt I ,the rm prim (007 220)

Status therm repl:THER M: Status TH ERM re pli c a (004 016)
Iref: THER M: I re f P Sx (072 179, 073 179, 074 179, 075 179)
Inom CT prim: MAI N: I nom C .T. prim. (010 001)
The per-unit thermal current is displayed as a variable referred to Iref:
I therm,prim
I therm, p.u. = I ref · I nom,CT,prim
I,therm,p.u.: THE R M: Cu rren t I, th erm p.u (007 221)

In a measured values message the thermal current is processed as a per-unit
variable referred to Iref.
A6-14 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

IEC Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are:

● MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut (Voltage VNG prim.)
● MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res (Volt. ∑(VPG)/3 prim.)
● MmuPriMMXU1/A.res (Current ∑IP prim.)
● MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut (Voltage VNG p.u.)
● MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res (Volt. ∑(VPG)/3 p.u.)
● MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut (Current IN p.u.)
● MmuSecMXU1/A.res (Current ∑IP p.u.)
Bug fixing:
● Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a few
milliseconds.
● A communications fault occurred when fast successive command signals
were received (SPC’s system / SPCOx).
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-15

MAIN The following measured operating data for delayed/stored phase current values
have been added:
● MAIN: IA prim,de mand (006 226)
● MAI N: I B pri m,deman d (006 227)
● MA IN: IC prim,deman d (006 228)
● MA IN : I A p rim ,de m and stor. (006 223)
● MA IN : I B pr im ,dem an d s tor. (006 224)
● MAI N: IC pri m, de mand stor . (006 225)
● MA IN: IA p.u .,deman d (006 235)
● MA IN : I B p.u.,de mand (006 236)
● MA IN : I C p.u.,demand (006 237)
● MA IN : I A p.u.,de mand stor. (006 232)
● MA IN: IB p.u.,de mand stor. (006 223)
● MA IN : I C p.u.,de mand s tor. (006 234)
The Logic state signal at MAI N: M.c.b. tr ip VNG E XT (002 183) shows if an
M.C.B. trip is present for the external VNG measuring circuit. This parameter is
active only when the setting “Measured” was selected for VNG determination. An
M.C.B. trip VNG leads to the signal: MC MON: M.ci rc. V NG fau lty (007 214).
Measured operating values are now also calculated during a general starting
condition and no longer set to “not measured”.
New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4
energy measured values:
● (008 065) MA IN : A ct.e ne r gy ou tp.pri m
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh
● (008 066) MAI N: A ct.e ne rgy inp. pr im
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh
● (008 067) MA IN : React.en . ou tp. pri m
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h
● (008 068) MAIN : React. e n. i np. prim
o 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h
The 4 addresses with the 16 bit display and overrun counter have been
removed.
The phase sequence for the current, given by the active parameter subset with
the setting at MAI N: P has e reve rsal I PSx (010 200, 010 201, 010 202, 010
203), may be reversed by triggering a binary signal input configured at MAIN:
Phase reversal I EXT (007 248).
To enable the function a phase sequence for normal operation must be set in
the parameter. (Setting selection: A-B swapped, B-C swapped, C-A swapped.)
The default setting is No swap, which disables the function.
Note: This feature is primarily designed for motor protection applications with
“left/right” motor rotation control by phase reversal with parallel circuit breakers
(one CB with phase reversal). Here the voltage is measured on the busbar side
and the current down-stream between CB and motor. Dependent on the
operating mode the current can therefore be measured in phase reversal to the
voltage.
The values range for the 3 power measured values has been expanded:
A6-16 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

● (005 025) MA IN: Appar. powe r S prim.

o -3,199.9 – 3,200 MVA
● (004 050) MA IN: Active powe r P pri m.
o -3,199.9 – 3,200 MW
● (004 052) MAIN: Re ac. powe r Q prim .
o -3,199.9 – 3,200 Mvar
New logic state signals for clock synchronization:
The parameter: MAI N: Time synchron ize d (009 109) shows whether an
external clock synchronization had been carried out. This signal is reset after
10 minutes.
CBF The parameter designation for (022 160) CBF: I> was changed to (022 160)
CBF: I <.
Bug fixing:
● A bug occurring upon initialization of a 3-phase startup has been fixed.
COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test

operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV)
from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part).
These new addresses were added:
● (221 105) C OMM1 : Sel. pos . de v.tes t
o Not assigned
o DEVxx
● (221 106) C OMM1: Te s t posi tion dev.
o don't execute
o execute open
o execute close
o execute intermed.
Bug fixing:
● Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-17

V<> The stages Vref>, Vref>> and Vref<, Vref<< have been added to the time-voltage
protection function:
New parameters:
● V<>: Vre f> PSx
o (007 064, 007 071, 007 075, 007 079)
● V<>: Vr ef>> PSx
o (007 065, 007 068, 007 072, 007 076)
● V<>: t V re f> P Sx
o (007 066, 007 069, 007 073, 007 077)
● V< >: tV ref>> P Sx
o (007 067, 007 070, 007 074, 007 078)
● V <>: Vref< PSx
o (007 086, 007 097, 007 101, 007 105)
● V<>: Vref<< PSx
o (007 087, 007 098, 007 102, 007 106)
● V<>: tVref< PSx
o (007 088, 007 099, 007 103, 007 107)
● V <>: tV ref<< P Sx
o (007 096, 007 100, 007 104, 007 108)
The minimum value for the parameters below was changed from 0.2 to 0.02:
● V<>: Vn eg > PSx
o (076 023, 077 023, 078 023, 079 023)
● V<>: Vn eg >> PSx
o (076 024, 077 024, 078 024, 079 024)
LOC Recording of motor startups:

During a motor startup, the time taken for the startup, the startup current and
the startup heating can be displayed on the Operation Panel.
Parameters:
● OL_DA : T.tak en f.s tartup,MP (005 096)
● OL _D A: He at .dur.start-u p,MP (005 097)
● OL _D A: St art-u p cu rre nt , MP (005 098)
Bug fixing:
● The display view for the control level and the interlocking level can now be
enabled or disabled.
LO C: Displ ay L /R (221 070)
LO C : D isp l. i nte rl. s tat. (221 071)
DVICE During a device startup a password prompt caused by the simultaneous

pressing of all four arrow keys is now also supported by the serial (detachable)
HMI.
A6-18 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

MCMON With the device variant fitted “Without CTs” following parameter is now
available to provide an operate delay setting. MCM ON: Ope rate delay (017
023).
New parameter to monitor the measuring loop Vref: MCMON: M.circ. Vre f
fault y (007 213)
LIMIT Bug fixing:

● Correction of Vref>,>>,<,<< operation. The error occurred when Loop
A‑G, B‑G or C‑G was selected as the measuring loop in ASC Vref.
DEV01 ... DEV03 User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter
D EVxx: De sig nat . ext. dev., the new option Device Name User is available.
Then the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the
D EVxx: DE V-Name U ser parameters, will be used as the device’s
designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers.
Any longer text entered is truncated to 4 characters internally.) The following
parameters are new:
(218 101) D EV0 1: D EV -Name U se r
to
(218 103) D EV0 3: DEV -Name Us e r
LOGIC Increase of the number of logic inputs from 16 to 40.
DTOC The “IN Measured” or “IN Calculated” setting, which was previously available
only globally for all three residual current stages IN>, IN>> and IN>>> together,
can now be set individually for each residual current stage.
Parameters:
● DTOC: Eval. I N>> P Sx
o (007 239, 007 240, 007 241, 007 242)
● DTOC: E val. IN>>> PSx
o (007 243, 007 244, 007 245, 007 246)
The setting parameter previously valid for all three residual current stages,
D TOC : Ev al. I N>, >>, >>> PSx (072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075 128), has
been renamed to DTOC: Eval . IN> P Sx (072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075
128) and will now only operate with the first residual current stage.
DTOC, IDMT1 Applies to direction-dependent starting / tripping:

The new parameters permit the selection whether the timer stages for phase or
residual current stages are triggered with a starting or direction-dependent
(“With direction”). The default for the parameter is the previous “With starting”
standard setting.
Parameters:
● D TOC: Mode Ti mer s tart PSx
o (002 138, 002 139, 002 142, 002 143)
● ID MT1 : Mode Time r s tart PSx
o (007 226, 007 227, 007 228, 007 229)
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-19

DTOC, IDMT1, IDMT2 The inrush stabilization has been extended by DTOC: IN> PSx and ID MT1:
Iref,N PS x, ID MT2: Ire f,N PSx.
DTOC, IDMT When a phase starting is present then a subsequent triggering of the inrush
stabilization is not taken into account anymore.
Note: When a change from a single-pole fault to a two-phase fault or from a two-
phase fault to a three-phase fault occurred it was possible that, because of
transients during the change, the inrush stabilization was momentarily triggered
which would reset the starting and the timer.
IDMT1 For all IP, Ineg and IN types of characteristics the enable threshold for the IDMT1
protection starting can now be set with the factor KI (values range: 1 to 10)
dependent on Iref. This factor KI will result in a linear shifting of the enable
threshold along the X-axis of the respective characteristic. The factor will not
result in a shifting of the characteristic itself.
Parameters:
● ID MT 1: Fact or KI,P PSx
o (007 250, 007 251, 007 252, 007 253)
● I DM T1: Fact or KI ,n eg P Sx
o (007 254, 007 255, 008 002, 008 005)
● ID MT1: Fact or K I,N PSx
o (001 173, 001 174, 001 175, 001 176)
SCDD Enhanced tripping times with short-circuit direction determination.

Short-circuit direction determination has been extended for the DTOC stages
I>>> and IN>>>.
Parameters:
● SC DD : D ir ecti on tI >>> P Sx
o (007 230, 007 231, 007 232, 007 233)
● SCD D: Di rect ion tIN>>> PSx
o (007 235, 007 236, 007 237, 007 238)
ASC Function ASC now provides a choice as to whether the CB operating time (tCB),
as configured at Function Parameters/Global/MAIN, is to be taken into account
for the precisely synchronized reclosure (AR) or not.
Parameters:
● MAIN: t CB,cl ose
o (000 032); value range: 0.06 s … 1 s
● ASC : A R with tCB P Sx
o (000 038, 000 039, 000 050, 000 051)
FT_RC An additional analog recording channel for the frequency has been
implemented.
Parameter:
● FT_RC : Re c. analog ch ann. 10 (035 169)
Default is Without, optional setting is fnom.
A6-20 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

CBM The correction acquisition time can now be set separately to be triggered by the
open command and by the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary contacts.
Differing inherent delay times from the two command chains can now be
configured independently of each other so as to achieve optimum time
adjustment.
Parameter:
● CBM: Corr.acqu i.tim e tri p
o (007 249); values range: 0 to 0.2 s
The previous common selection parameter C BM: Corr . acquis. time
(022 018), values range −0.2 s to 0.2 s, has been renamed to C BM:
C or r.acqu .t. C B sig. and is now only a correction acquisition time value
affecting the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary contacts.
SFMON The SFMON : TGFD mon. tri ggere d signal is now no longer permanently
listed in the alarm signal list.
Depending on the application this signal can now be configured using
parameterSF MO N : F ct. ass ign. warn ing (021 030).
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-21

A6.1.1.11 P132 ‑308 ‑420/421/425/426/427 ‑613-706

Release: 2009‒09‒04
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Commands are now rejected with signal “Command already in execution”,
and the position of the circuit breaker contacts is transmitted correctly to
the control system.
LOC Bug fixing:

● LED status display corrected.
A6-22 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.12 P132 ‑308 ‑420/421/425/426/427 ‑630

Release: 2009‒09‒22
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are:

● MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut (Voltage VNG prim.)
● MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res (Volt. ∑(VPG)/3 prim.)
● MmuPriMMXU1/A.res (Current ∑IP prim.)
● MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut (Voltage VNG p.u.)
● MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res (Volt. ∑(VPG)/3 p.u.)
● MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut (Current IN p.u.)
● MmuSecMXU1/A.res (Current ∑IP p.u.)
Bug fixing:
● Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a few
milliseconds.
● A communications fault occurred when fast successive command signals
were received (SPC’s system / SPCOx).
COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test

operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV)
from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part).
These new addresses were added:
● (221 105) CO MM1: Sel. pos . de v.tes t
o Not assigned
o DEVxx
● (221 106) C OMM1 : Tes t posi tion dev.
o don't execute
o execute open
o execute close
o execute intermed.
MP When switching between parameter subsets (e.g. via LIMIT) the number of
permitted motor startups (3/2 – 2/1) is now determined accurately. However,
the thermal replica is lost in this case.
IEC, GOOSE Phase 2 of the IEC 61850 communications protocol has been implemented.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-23

ILOCK As the interlock conditions are also transmitted together with reporting in the
newly implemented phase 2 of the IEC 61850 communication protocol
(see above), it is now a requirement that these interlock conditions are cyclically
checked and not, as before, only with the request for a switching operation.
Therefore this new parameter has been introduced:
● (221 104) I LOC K: Cycle t in terl .che ck
The cycle time (range from 100 ms to 10 s) is set here, after which a check of
the interlock conditions is carried out. As additional processor capacity must be
provided for each of these checks it must be ensured that a favorable
compromise is found for the cycle time setting value. On the one hand it is
desirable to select a cycle time value which is as short as possible so that
changes in the interlock conditions are updated without any notable delays, but
on the other hand this cycle time value should not be so short that the P132
system will be under too much strain. As the P132 CPU load is dependent on the
total number of function groups having been configured it is not possible to
suggest a generally acceptable cycle time value.
A6-24 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.13 P132 ‑308 ‑420/421/425/426/427 ‑631

Release: 2009‒11‒25
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
Control for one device (Circuit breaker) is now activated as new default setting
for the basic configuration of P132 with complete available characteristic for
standard control.
Full control capability for up to 3 devices including bay customizing, auto
assignment of I/O’s and LOC control panel are available only if the control board
X(6I 6O) is fitted and configured.
COMM1/IEC Control for one device (CB) available for all supported communication protocols
on COMM1 and IEC 61850 by default, independent of hardware configuration.
DEV01 Function group DEV01 activated and visible by default.
ILOCK Function group ILOCK activated and visible by default.
CMD_1 Function group CMD_1 with 12 configurable single pole commands activated
and visible by default.
SIG_1 Function group SIG_1 with 12 configurable single-pole signals activated and
visible by default.
IEC Bug fixing:

● The following two signals were renamed in the data model (without
change of functionality):
Old: (104 248) IEC : Se l. pos. dev.te st, new: (104 248) IEC: Sel. pos.
DEV t est
Old: (104 249) IEC : Te s t posi tion dev., new: (104 249) IEC: Te st
posit ion DE V
● Comtrade in ASCII format; fault selection in IEC 61850 did not work
correctly.
● The first configured element was not transmitted in GOOSE.
I2> The settable lower limit for I2> is now 0.02·Inom (2%).
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-25

A6.1.1.14 P132 ‑308 ‑420/421/425/426/427 ‑614

Release: 2011‒02‒07
Hardware
New Schneider Electric design for the local control panel (HMI).
Diagram
No changes.
Software
MAIN The four 16 bit energy measured values, that existed for earlier software
versions and were then replaced by 32 bit energy measured values, have been
re-introduced, so that as of now, both the 16 bit and 32 bit values are available.
● (005 061) MAIN : Act.en ergy outp.prim
● (005 062) MA IN : Ac t.e ne r gy i np. prim
● (005 063) MA IN : Re act.e n. ou tp. prim
● (005 064) MAI N: R eact. e n. i np. prim
CMD_1, SIG_1 Bug fixing:

● Function groups CMD_1 and SIG_1 were enabled after a restart, even if
they had been manually disabled.
F_KEY The default setting of passwords for function keys has been changed.
A password is now no longer required when pressing a function key.
However, a password may still be configured individually for each function key.
COMM1 The data point (003 178) COMM1: -103 prot. varian t may now be used to
select between the ‑103 protocol variants Private and Compatible. The protocol
variant Compatible corresponds to the VDEW implementation.
Note: As before this setting is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
The data point (003 214) COMM1: MODBUS prot. var ian t may now be used
to select between the MODBUS protocol variants Private and Compatible. The
protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the MODBUS implementation in the
MiCOM Px20 and Px40 protection devices. The protocol variant Private
corresponds to the first implementation of the MODBUS protocol.
Note: As before this setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
Bug fixing:
● Changing the setting group (PSS) leads sometimes to communication
interruption.
● Measured energy values were not transmitted by the MODBUS protocol.
A6-26 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

IEC Bug fixing:

interruption.
● Single-pole commands were rejected by the IEC 61850 server when the
control point in the device is set to “R & L” (local and remote control)
operating mode.
● Time initialization problems with IEC 61850.
SCDD For earth fault direction evaluation it is now settable, if the measured or the
calculated neutral current is used for the direction evaluation.SCDD:
Ev aluation I N P Sx (008 105, 008 106, 008 107, 008 108).
Bug fixing:
● In case of the setting SCDD: Eval uati on V NG PSx = Measured the
nominal Voltage (010 009) MAI N: V nom V .T. sec. was used for
calculation. Instead of (010 028) MA IN: VN G,nom V.T. se c. is to use.
ARC Bug fixing:

● ARC counters were reset with power supply drop-out.
PC The following parameter has been removed: PC : Name of manufacturer

(003 183).
Note: Compatibility even with older versions of the operating program continues
to be guaranteed.
COMM1, COMM2 The menu points (003 161) COMM1: Name of m anufacturer and (103 161)
C OMM2: Nam e of m anu factur e r can no longer be set by using a selection
list but, for reasons of compatibility, they may now be defined as free text. The
default is SE but, in individual cases, it may become necessary to enter texts
differing from the default.
Notes:
● These parameters can only be set using the operating program and it is
not possible to set them locally using the integrated local control panel
(HMI). The maximum text length is 8 characters and designations
exceeding this will be truncated.
● The parameter COMM1: Name of manu fact ure r is hidden unless an
IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
DTOC Bug fixing:

● The setting options Calculated / Measured for the following parameters
were operational only when these parameters were set differently from
each other: (072 128) DTO C: Eval . IN> P Sx, (007 239) DTOC : Ev al.
IN>> PSx, (007 243) D TOC: Eval. IN>>> PSx.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-27

MCMON Setting menu point (017 023) MCMON: Ope rate delay = Blocked is now
supported.
Enhanced accuracy with monitoring of Vmin<.
Bug fixing:
● Monitoring of Vmin< was stopped by (040 000) MAI N: Gen eral s tar t ing.
● The value set for menu point (014 012) MCMON: Oper. delay FF ,
Vref was ignored (e.g. the “Fuse Failure” monitoring function of the
reference voltage was triggered without delay).
I2> The threshold for the input current was decreased from 0.1·Inom to 0.01·Inom.
A6-28 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.15 P132 ‑308 ‑420/421/425/426/427 ‑632

Release: 2011‒02‒07
Hardware
New Schneider Electric design for the local control panel (HMI).
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Measured values were not always updated in GOOSE messages.
● The position of switchgear units (XSWI,XCBR) was transmitted by GOOSE
with the attribute “invalid”.
● During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization values)
was transmitted for a short time.
interruption.
● Single-pole commands were rejected by the IEC 61850 server when the
control point in the device is set to “R & L” (local and remote control)
operating mode.
● Underfrequency protection signals were not transmitted.
MAIN The four 16 bit energy measured values, that existed for earlier software
versions and were then replaced by 32 bit energy measured values, have been
re-introduced, so that as of now, both the 16 bit and 32 bit values are available.
● (005 061) MAI N: A ct. en ergy outp. pri m
● (005 062) MA IN: Act.en er gy in p. pri m
● (005 063) MAIN: Re act.e n. ou tp. pri m
● (005 064) MA IN: Re act. en . in p. pri m
F_KEY The default setting of passwords for function keys has been changed.
A password is now no longer required when pressing a function key.
However, a password may still be configured individually for each function key.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-29

COMM1 The data point (003 178) COMM1: -1 03 prot. varian t may now be used to
select between the ‑103 protocol variants Private and Compatible. The protocol
variant Compatible corresponds to the VDEW implementation.
Note: As before this setting is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
The data point (003 214) COMM1: MOD B US prot . varian t may now be used
to select between the MODBUS protocol variants Private and Compatible. The
protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the MODBUS implementation in the
MiCOM Px20 and Px40 protection devices. The protocol variant Private
corresponds to the first implementation of the MODBUS protocol.
Note: As before this setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
Bug fixing:
interruption.
● Measured energy values were not transmitted by the MODBUS protocol.
SCDD For earth fault direction evaluation it is now settable, if the measured or the
calculated neutral current is used for the direction evaluation.SCDD :
E valuati on IN P Sx (008 105, 008 106, 008 107, 008 108).
Bug fixing:
● In case of the setting SCDD : E valu ati on VNG PSx = Measured the
nominal Voltage (010 009) MAI N: V nom V .T. s ec. was used for
calculation. Instead of (010 028) MA IN: VN G,n om V .T. s e c. is to use.
ARC Bug fixing:

● ARC counters were reset with power supply drop-out.
PC The following parameter has been removed: P C : Name of manu factu rer
(003 183).
Note: Compatibility even with older versions of the operating program continues
to be guaranteed.
COMM1, COMM2 The menu points (003 161) COMM1: Name of m an ufact urer and (103 161)
C OMM2: N am e of m anu factur er can no longer be set by using a selection
list but, for reasons of compatibility, they may now be defined as free text. The
default is SE but, in individual cases, it may become necessary to enter texts
differing from the default.
Notes:
● These parameters can only be set using the operating program and it is
not possible to set them locally using the integrated local control panel
(HMI). The maximum text length is 8 characters and designations
exceeding this will be truncated.
● The parameter COMM1: Name of man u fact ure r is hidden unless an
IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
A6-30 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

DTOC Bug fixing:

● The setting options Calculated / Measured for the following parameters
were operational only when these parameters were set differently from
each other: (072 128) DTO C: Eval . IN> P Sx, (007 239) DTOC: Eval.
I N>> P Sx, (007 243) DTOC: E val. I N>>> PSx.
MCMON Setting menu point (017 023) MCMON: Ope rate delay = Blocked is now
supported.
Enhanced accuracy with monitoring of Vmin<.
Bug fixing:
● Monitoring of Vmin< was stopped by (040 000) MAIN: General st ar ting.
● The value set for menu point (014 012) MCMON: Oper. delay F F,
Vref was ignored (e.g. the “Fuse Failure” monitoring function of the
reference voltage was triggered without delay).
I2> The threshold for the input current was decreased from 0.1·Inom to 0.01·Inom.
MP With the new parameter MP : Re tain re pl ica P Sx (009 046, 009 250,
009 251, 009 252) it can now be configured whether the thermal replica is
retained in the non-volatile section of the device’s memory so that it will still be
available after an interruption of the supply voltage.
THERM With the new parameter TH ERM: R etai n re plica PSx (009 019, 009 030,
009 032, 009 039) it can now be configured whether the thermal replica is
retained in the non-volatile section of the device’s memory so that it will still be
available after an interruption of the supply voltage.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-31

A6.1.1.16 P132 ‑308 ‑420/421/425/426/427 ‑614-707

Release: 2012‒01‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● If single-pole signals of function group SIG_1 were active during device
startup, this could lead to an aborted initialization of the Ethernet
● During the process of connection with clients that use the “IntegrityPeriod”
option, sporadically the MMS communication of the Ethernet
communication module would crash without an internal monitoring
response to re-establish the functionality. (GOOSE messaging and other
communication tasks were not affected.)
● Upon receiving a “Cancel” command while a switchgear device is selected,
a positive acknowledgement response (“Ack OK”) is sent. Previously, a
“Negative ack” was sent.
● If clients did connect to the device immediately after completion of
Ethernet communication module startup, this could lead to the temporary
erroneous reporting of default values for the external device status
(DEVxx) and of the single-pole signals (SIG_1).
● If a close command could not be performed because of a rejection from
the sync-check function, the command termination message is now sent
with the correct “Block by Synchrocheck” (11) acknowledgement code
number. Previously, code (16) “Timeout” was sent instead.
● Reports of events could get lost if too many state changes occurred in a
short period of time, especially during secondary injection testing.
GOOSE The GOOSE Time Allowed to Live (TAL) supervision is enhanced with respect to
simultaneous state changes of multiple GOOSE messages.
PC, COMM2 Bug fixing:

● If clients did connect to the device immediately after startup of the
Ethernet communication module, the initialization of the second internal
communication interface could remain incomplete. As a consequence,
access by the operating program via the COMM2 interface or by tunneling
was not possible in this case.
A6-32 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.17 P132 ‑309 ‑428/429/430/431/432 ‑633

Release: 2012‒02‒01
Hardware
The P132 is now fitted with an improved power supply module.
Note that the voltage range has changed for DC input:
● For the DC / AC variant, the range is
o now 60 … 250 VDC / 100 ... 230 VAC
o (previously 48 … 250 VDC / 100 ... 230 VAC).
● For the DC-only variant, the range is
o now 24 … 60 VDC
o (previously 24 VDC).
A new communication module (“REB” = “Redundant Ethernet Board”) is now
available as an ordering option.
This module can be used for redundant communication via IEC 61850 and may
be fitted to slot 2, as an alternative to the other communication modules. The
following communication protocols are supported:
● SHP (Self-Healing Protocol).
● RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol).
● DHP (Dual-Homing Protocol).
A detailed description of the module and the appropriate network connections is
available as a separate document (“Redundant Ethernet Board, Application
Guide”).
Diagram
The diagrams now include the new “REB” module.
● P132 -428: case 24 TE, pin-terminal connection
● P132 -429: case 24 TE, CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection
● P132 -430: case 40 TE, pin-terminal connection
● P132 -431: case 40 TE, CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection
● P132 -432: case 84 TE, ring-terminal connection
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-33

Software
IEC The Originator Category information is now extensively supported for control
commands.
Bug fixing:
● During the process of connection with clients that use the “IntegrityPeriod”
option, sporadically the MMS communication of the Ethernet
communication module would crash without an internal monitoring
response to re-establish the functionality. (GOOSE messaging and other
communication tasks were not affected.)
● Upon receiving a “Cancel” command while a switchgear device is selected,
a positive acknowledgement response (“Ack OK”) is sent. Previously, a
“Negative ack” was sent.
● If clients did connect to the device immediately after completion of
Ethernet communication module startup, this could lead to the temporary
erroneous reporting of default values for the external device status
(DEVxx) and of the single-pole signals (SIG_1).
● If a close command could not be performed because of a rejection from
the sync-check function, the command termination message is now sent
with the correct “Block by Synchrocheck” (11) acknowledgement code
number. Previously, code (16) “Timeout” was sent instead.
● Reports of events could get lost if too many state changes occurred in a
short period of time, especially during secondary injection testing.
● Events that occured after a communication link had been interrupted and
before this interruption had been detected by the server, were not sent as
“Buffered reports” after the connection was re-established.
MAIN, DEVxx The following new configuration parameters allow for defining monitoring timers
for the switchgear units:
(210 007) D EV 01: Star tCmdTim e super v.
(settable in the range 0.1 s … 10.0 s, default: blocked)
After sending an Open / Close command, the corresponding timer starts. If the
switchgear unit has not reached its intermediate position after this time has
elapsed then the command is deactivated.
In case of a switchgear unit for which it is (almost) impossible to detect the
intermediate position it is recommended to switch off this monitoring by setting
the parameter to blocked.
If the monitoring is active then an exceeded timer is flagged by the new logic
state signal (221 112) MA IN: Startcmdtime exc eed..
GOOSE The GOOSE Time Allowed to Live (TAL) supervision is enhanced with respect to
simultaneous state changes of multiple GOOSE messages.
A6-34 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

PC, COMM2 Bug fixing:

● If clients did connect to the device immediately after startup of the
Ethernet communication module, the initialization of the second internal
communication interface could remain incomplete. As a consequence,
access by the operating program via the COMM2 interface or by tunneling
was not possible in this case.
MAIN DTOC and IDMT with settable inrush stabilization per parameter subset:
Stabilization selectable per stage (Phase; E/F and I2 stages): MAIN:
Funct.R ush re st r .PSx (017 093, 017 064, 017 082, 017 083).
Settable maximum timer, for which inrush stabilization should be effective:
Blocked (w/o timer) or settable from 0.01 to 10s. (019 001, 019 002, 019 003,
019 004) MAIN : t li ft ru s h rs t r.P Sx.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-35

A6.1.1.18 P132 ‑308 ‑420/421/425/426/427 ‑614-708

Release: 2012‒04‒10
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
V<> Bug fixing:

● Active “MCB Trip” during boot procedure leaded to a general block of all
voltage related protection functions if the MCMON function is not
configured.
A6-36 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.19 P132 ‑309 ‑428/429/430/431/432 ‑633-709

Release: 2013‒01‒21
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Modification of sending time tag after change of Data Object Position (DO
Pos.): The time tag is now modified only after a change of the attribute
Pos.stVal.
● The P132 stopped randomly to send an integrity report at midnight.
● Mirroring of time in report CSWI$ST$Pos$t sent by the P132 with the time
coming from a select-control by an IEC client (SBOw$T) is now in line with
the standard.
● Potential conflict solved when executing ILOCK checks simultaneously
because of cyclic updating and control command trigger.
● The order of answers is now inversed in the case of AddCase=10 (Blocked
by interlocking).
● BRCB (i.e. Buffered Report Control Blocks) reporting no longer stops after
10 minutes.
● For two-pole state signals, the fault status (00 or 11) report to the HMI is
no longer repeated by IEC 61850.
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● GOOSE Publishing failure for switch gear positions assigned with GOOSE
function assignment (Output xx fct.assig).
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-37

A6.1.1.20 P132 ‑310 ‑433/434/435/436/437 ‑650

Release: 2013‒06‒17
Hardware
The P132 is now fitted with an improved processor module.
A binary module X(24I) with 24 binary inputs is now optionally available (for
cases 40 TE and 84 TE) and can be fitted on slot 3.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
New MiCOM P30 platform software.
Many parameter labels have been modified so that they harmonize with other
MiCOM P30 devices.
DVICE Instead of one parameter for the software version (previously: (002 120)
DVI CE: Sof tware ve rs ion) the version numbers ‑6XX and ‑7XX are now
separately stored in two new parameters:
● (010 167) D VIC E: Software vers ion 6X X
● (010 168) DV IC E: Sof tware ve rsi on 7XX
PC, DVICE It is now possible to upload new firmware into the device via the TCP/IP protocol.
For this purpose there are several new network settings that are not identical to
the ones already existing within function group IEC:
● (111 004) PC: I P addre s s
o (111 005) PC : IP addre ss 1
o (111 006) P C: I P addres s 2
o (111 006) PC : IP addre ss 3
● (111 008) PC : Su bne t m as k
o (111 009) P C: Subne t mask 1
o (111 010) PC : Subn et mas k 2
o (111 011) PC: Subn et mas k 3
● (111 016) PC : IP addre ss mode
● (111 017) PC: I P Enable config.
For testing purposes, information parameters store the updated network
settings for this firmware uploading network.
● (111 000) D VI C E: I P addre s s
● (111 001) D V IC E: Su bne t mas k
● (111 003) D VIC E: MA C addre ss
IEC The number of clients for a report has been increased: An unbuffered report
(urcbA … urcbP) can be allocated to max. 8 clients (previously: 1), and a
buffered report (brcbA … brcbH) can be allocated to max. 4 clients (previously:
1).
A6-38 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

MAIN The previously available parameters (003 039) MA IN : Warm restart und
(000 085) MA IN : Col d re start have been relabeled MAIN: Soft War m
resta rt and MAIN : Sof t Cold re start, respectively. They still trigger a restart
of the device, but now the hardware tests are not carried out anymore during
the startup phase. (This way the restart needs less time.)
For a restart including hardware tests, the following new parameters can now be
used:
● (010 166) MAIN: W arm re start
● (009 254) MA IN: C ol d res tart
A setting for the release time of the enable for the manual close command is
now available:
● (003 088) MA IN: Re l .t . e nab. man.cmd
The manual trip command is enabled by:
● (003 105) MAIN: En .man. clos .cmd.USER
The enabling is signaled by the following new signal:
● (039 113) MAIN: Man. cl. cmd.en abl.
There is a pole-selective monitoring of the CB status signals available now (in
addition to the previously existing 3p monitoring).
New input signals:
● (031 029) MAI N: CB cl ose d A E XT
● (031 030) MA IN: CB cl ose d B E XT
● (031 031) MA IN: CB clos e d C EXT
New logic state signals:
● (031 032) MA IN: C B ope n A
● (031 033) MAI N: CB ope n B
● (031 034) MAIN: CB ope n C
● (031 035) MAI N: CB close d A
● (031 036) MA IN: C B cl ose d B
● (031 037) MA IN: C B clos ed C
Note: The plausibility check operates with pole-selective monitoring only.
There is a phase-selective current flow monitoring available now, identical to but
independent of that in function group CBF.
● (010 223) MA IN: C urr en t flow A
● (010 224) MA IN: Curre nt f l ow B
● (010 225) MA IN: Curre nt f l ow C
The setting for the neutral-point treatment of the system, MAIN: Neu tr. pt .
tre at . PSx, is only used with the ASC, so that it is now visible only if the
function group ASC is configured. Moreover, the set of select options has been
restricted to those which are relevant for the application.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-39

FT_DA The following measured fault data values have been introduced:
● (010 198) FT_D A: F aul t type
● (010 217) FT_DA : Flt.volt. PG/PP prim
● (010 199) F T_D A: F aul t curre nt P pr im
● (010 216) FT_D A: Fau lt curr. N pri m.
The parameters for the load data have been removed:
● (004 037) FT_DA : Load imped.pos t-fl t.
● (004 038) F T_D A: Load angle post-flt .
● (004 039) FT_D A: R es id.cu rr . post-flt
The fault location may now be determined, based solely on a ground starting
condition (without a general starting). For this the P132 determines all three
phase-to-ground loop impedances and then provides the fault location based on
the reactance of the measurement loop with the lowest impedance value.
ASC There are separate parameters now for the manual close command and the
auto-reclose control.
The previously available parameters for the close enable conditions have been
relabeled such that the letters “AR” (for auto-reclose control) are now part of
the label, and there is a corresponding set of new “MC” (for manual close
command) parameters.
V<> Stages V>>>, V<<<, Vref>>> and Vref<<< have been added, including a separate
timer for each of these new stages.
For all three phase stages the 3p logic OR and AND results are signaled.
CBF It is now possible to also use the residual current (measured or calculated) as an
additional criterion for “circuit breaker open”.
The following setting parameters are new:
● (022 184) C BF: Eval uat ion IN
● (022 180) CBF: IN<
The signal (038 235) CBF: Cu rre n t f low N = Yes flags that the residual
current IE is greater than the setting C BF: IN<.
LOG_2 There is a new function group LOG_2 (Programmable Logic 2). It is identical to
the previously available function group LOGIC, but it offers only four logical
equations. These, however, have long-term timers, settable from 0 to 60000 s
(= 16 hours, 40 minutes).
COUNT The number of binary counters has been increased to 4.

The setting values of the cycle time for the count transmission – (217 007)
COUN T: C y cle t.cou nt tran s m – has been modified:
Previously, this was a numerical parameter, the setting values could be in the
range 0 to 60 [minutes]. Now there is an option table assigned to this
parameter, which offers a variety of time values.
A6-40 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.21 P132 ‑310 ‑433/434/435/436/437 ‑651

Release: 2013‒06‒17
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COUNT The 4 counters have been equipped with individual debounce timers and limit
monitoring.
Settable limit thresholds and related alarm signals for counter values have been
implemented:
● Setting parameters:
COUNT: Limi t cou nter 1 (217 221) … COUNT: Limit counter 4
(217 224)
● Alarm signals:
C OU NT: W ar nin g cou nt 1 (217 191) … COUNT: Warning count 4
(217 194)
LED There is a new operating mode ES Alarmunit:

If this is set, the LED starts flashing with the first signal edge of the assigned
signal.
If this is acknowledged (i.e. the LED is reset), although the assigned signal is still
active, then the LED changes to continuous light, and if the signal disappears
later on, then the LED goes off.
If the flashing LED is acknowledged (i.e. the LED is reset) and the assigned
signal is no longer present, the LED immediately goes off.
MAIN A signal for the indication of chatter suppression start has been implemented:
MAIN : C ha tt .suppr. started (221 121)
DTOC Under voltage controlled Phase Over-Current protection has been implemented.
Each of the three phase over-current stages can be applied now with a settable
V< (I>) release stage.
Setting parameters:
● DTOC: V < (I>) PSx (011 244)
● D TOC: V < (I>>) PSx (011 248)
● D TOC: V< (I>>>) P Sx (011 252)
The default value of each of these parameters is blocked, which turns off the
voltage control.
MP The parameter MP: P re-clos e time le f t shows the remaining time until the
next start-up procedure will be released. This parameter is supported by the
DNP 3.0 protocol, too.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-41

Control (DEVxx, There is a new alarm signal for “switchgear operating time exceeded”: MAIN:
MAIN) DE V op.time e xce e de d
This signal is issued if the switching command is not successfully reset within
the set operation time by switchgear position indication or an external run-back
signal.
There is a new setting parameter, MA IN: e xt. cmd.t er m. w/o PI (221 115), to
configure whether an “external termination” of the switching command is also
done based on position indication, or if only an external termination signal is
accepted.
DEVxx In addition to the direct motor control principle based on fixed logic (K200), a
new setting parameter has been implemented:
● (202 014) C MD_1: CMD_DC3 con fi g. — with check back signal
An operating counter and a settable limit threshold with related alarm signal has
been implemented for each DEVxx:
● (210 043) DE V0 1: Operati on counte r … (210 143) D EV 03:
Operat ion coun te r
● (218 211) DEV01 : O pe r.cou nt.l imit … (218 213) D EV 0 3:
Oper.count .limit
● (219 081) D EV01 : W arni ng op.cou nt. … (219 083) D EV 03: Warning
op.cou nt .
Two new setting parameters per external device can be used for blocking any
open / close commands to the switchgear unit. These parameters are not
affected by interlocking conditions.
● (218 120) D EV01: Block cmd open … (218 122) DE V03: Block cm d
op en
● (218 160) D EV0 1: Bl ock cmd cl ose … (218 162) D EV0 3: Block cmd
close
ILOCK With the ILOCK function assignments there are now also voltage and current
thresholds of the function group LIMIT selectable.
A6-42 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.22 P132 ‑310 ‑433/434/435/436/437 ‑650-701

Release: 2013‒09‒10
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
Remark: This software version replaces (and corrects) software version ‑650.
The bugs fixed with this version did not appear in any software version other
than ‑650.
DVICE Bug fixing:

● The MAC address could not be set, and the download of the firmware via
Ethernet was not possible.
● It could happen that no configuration could be loaded via the operating
program.
IEC Bug fixing:

● Counter values were not transmitted via IEC 61850 protocol.
A6.1.1.23 P132 ‑310 ‑433/434/435/436/437 ‑651-701

Release: 2013‒09‒26
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
OUTP Bug fixing:

● Output relay K608 did not operate correctly.
A6.1.1.24 P132 ‑310 ‑433/434/435/436/437 ‑651-702

Release: 2015‒10‒21
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-43

Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● In some cases the transfer of the DNP3.0 configuration to the
communication board failed or was not complete.
A6-44 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.25 P132 ‑309 ‑428/429/430/431/432 ‑633-710

Release: 2013‒11‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● After activation and subsequent deactivation of the signal and
measurement blocking (COMM1: Sig./me as. block EXT) it was no
longer possible to control switchgear units via IEC 60870-5-103 (master)
protocol.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-45

A6.1.1.26 P132 ‑310 ‑433/434/435/436/437 ‑652

Release: 2014‒03‒19
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
GOOSE The number of GOOSE inputs has been extended to 128:

Extension of available GOOSE inputs from 32x 1-pole/32x 2-pole to 128 GOOSE
inputs configurable in the IED Configurator tool. Max. 128x 1-pole binary signals
freely configurable in the device or alternatively up to max. 128x 2-pole
switchgear position indications for using the Control/Interlocking conditions.
GSSE The function group GSSE has been removed from the data model, because, its
functionality has been replaced by the extended GOOSE input option.
COMM1 Signal and Command Blocking integrated in the General Interrogation for
protocols IEC 60870-5-101 and -103.
TGFD Minimum value for the VNG> release threshold extended down to 0.05 Vnom/
√3.
OUTP Bug fixing:

● States of output relays are now stored after power off/on cycle.
LED Bug fixing:

● LED states are now stored after power off/on cycle.
MAIN Bug fixing:

● Measured energy values are now stored after power off/on cycle.
CBM Bug fixing:

● CBM measured values are now stored after power off/on cycle.
IEC Bug fixing:

● Upon cold restart the MCL configuration of the Ethernet board is now
deleted.
ASC Bug fixing:

● ASC now generates close command after triggering ASC: MC C lose
re quest EXT (037 062) via binary input.
A6-46 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

LOGIC The number of logic outputs (equations) has been extended to 128.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-47

A6.1.1.27 P132 ‑310 ‑433/434/435/436/437 ‑652-701

Release: 2014‒06‒18
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
Device Bug fixing:

● With the binary module X(6I 6O) being fitted the following setting values
were changed after a warm restart:
o D EV01 : F un cti on group DEV0 1: changed from Without to With
o SI G_1: S ignal S0 01 config.: changed from Yes to No
● If M AI N: Fu nct .Rus h re str.PSx was used and PSS: Param. su bs. sel.
USER was transferred to the P132 (or selected via local control panel) a
wrong calculation of the checksum of the NVRAM was performed, which
led to a storage area violation and therefore to a cold restart.
This affected all software versions as of P132 ‑650.
COMM3 Bug fixing:

● The InterMiCOM test signal now works when executing (120 053) CO MM3:
Send si gnal, t est.
A6-48 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.28 P132 ‑311 ‑433/434/435/436/437 ‑653

Release: 2015‒01‒22
Hardware
The Redundancy Ethernet Board (REB) can now be ordered with an additional
redundancy protocol: PRP (Parallel Redundancy Protocol) is available now as an
alternative to RSTP, SHP or DHP.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
V_LOG The new timer (221 123) ILOC K: Rs et ILOC K violation can be (optionally)
used to activate an automatic reset of the signal (221 018) MAIN: Inte r lo ck
equ. viol..
MAIN Bug fixing:

● The signal (004 061) MAIN: M. c.b. tr ip V EXT was not available with
the VT-only variant of the P132.
DEVxx Bug fixing:

● With the binary module X(6I 8O) being fitted the transmission of a close
command via IEC 60870-5-103 was blocked.
DTOC, IDMTx New setting parameters allow to select for each overcurrent stage of the phase
and the residual currents whether the starting decision shall be based on the
fundamental or on the r.m.s. value.
Remark: For the negative-sequence stages, the starting decision is always
based on the fundamental.
The following settings are new:
● (060 002) DTOC : Me as. value I/I E> PSx
● (060 006) DTOC: Me as .val. I/IE>> PSx
● (060 010) D TOC: M eas .val.I /IE >>> P Sx
● (060 014) DTOC: Meas .v. I/IE>>>> P Sx
● (060 018) ID MT1: Me as.val ue I/IE PSx
● (060 022) ID MT2: Me as.val ue I/IE PSx
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-49

A6.1.1.29 P132 ‑312 ‑433/434/438/439/440 ‑654

Release: 2015‒02‒27
Hardware
Up to three binary modules of type X(6I/8O) can now be fitted, that is an
additional X(6I/8O) can be fitted in slot 8 (40TE case) or slot 16 (84TE case),
respectively.
Diagram
The updated diagrams now include the additional binary module.
● P132 -438 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
● P132 -439 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal
connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection)
● P132 -440 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
A6-50 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Software
DTOC, IDMT1, IDMT2 I0 elimination has now been introduced for the overcurrent protection.
● DTOC: I 0 Elimi n. I> P Sx (013 150, 013 151, 013 152, 013 153)
o without
o with I0 calculated
o with I0 measured
● D TOC: I 0 E li mi n. I>> P Sx (013 154, 013 155, 013 156, 013 157)
o without
o with I0 measured
● DT OC : I0 Elimin. I>>> PSx (013 158, 013 159, 013 160, 013 161)
o without
o with I0 measured
● I DMT1: I0 Elimi n. I > P Sx (013 166, 013 167, 013 168, 013 169)
o without
o with I0 measured
● ID MT2 : I 0 E li mi n. I> P Sx (013 170, 013 171, 013 172, 013 173)
o without
o with I0 measured
● DT OC : Ev al. IN> PSx (072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075 128)
o New selection option: Calc with I0 elim.
● DTOC: Eval. I N>> P Sx (007 239, 007 240, 007 241, 007 242)
● DT OC : Ev al. IN>>> P Sx (007 243, 007 244, 007 245, 007 246)
● ID MT 1: E valuation I N PSx (072 075, 073 075, 074 075, 075 075)
● ID MT 2: E valu ation IN P Sx (071 040, 071 041, 071 042, 071 043)
THERM The thermal overload protection can now also be applied to the earth current.
● T HERM: Select cur ren t PSx (013 139, 013 140, 013 141, 013 142)
o Max. phase current
o IN calculated
o IN measured
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-51

f<> A 5th frequency stage (f5) has now been introduced for over-/underfrequency
protection.
● f<>: Op er . mode f 5 PSx (019 171, 019 172, 019 173, 019 174)
● f<>: f 5 PSx (019 151, 019 152, 019 153, 019 154)
● f<>: tf5 P Sx (019 155, 019 156, 019 157, 019 158)
● f<>: df5/dt PSx (019 159, 013 092, 013 093, 013 094)
● f<>: De lt a f5 P Sx (019 163, 019 164, 019 165, 019 166)
● f<>: De lta t 5 PSx (019 167, 019 168, 019 169, 019 170)
● f<>: Blocking f5 EXT (013 095)
● f<>: St arti ng f5 (013 100)
● f<>: Start in g f5 / df 5 (013 101)
● f<>: De lta f5 t rigge re d (013 103)
● f<>: Tri p si gn al f 5 (013 105)
A6-52 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.30 P132 ‑312 ‑433/434/438/439/440 ‑655

Release: 2015‒09‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● IEC 60870-5-103 protocol: Wrong energy measurement values were
transmitted (affected versions from -650).
● IEC 60870-5-101 protocol: Activation of COMM1: Sig./meas. block EXT
signal results in rebooting of the device (affected versions from -650).
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● Correction of Invalidity Quality bits sent with GOOSE messages.
Control Bug fixing:

● After some time, it could happen that all controls (time synchronization,
LED reset, operation of switchgear devices, etc.) were delayed by approx.
20 seconds, which could then be Fixed only by a restart (affected versions
from -650).
MAIN Enhancement of operation with 2 phase CT interface connection (011 226)

MAI N: D TOC /IDMT 2phas e. By setting it can now be selected, whether phase
B starting will be suppressed or not.
DTOC The new setting Start with direction detection (016 105) DTOC: Start w .
D ir ect. PS1 determines the starting condition for directional OC stages:
● With setting Yes starting takes place only, if the current exceeds the start
threshold AND the measured direction is equal to the set direction of the
OC stages.
● With setting No starting takes place, if the current exceeds the start
threshold.
Additional 4th DTOC stages for phase and negative sequence currents have
been implemented.
IDMT1 A time setting (013 143) ID MT1: Tim e Correcti on PS1 has been
implemented to provide compensation of the function starting time and thus
harmonizing operation time with other installed devices. A negative setting will
reduce the tripping time, a positive setting will prolong the tripping time
accordingly.
This feature is only needed in applications with potentially very short tripping
times (i.e. extremely inverse characteristics, small time dial factors, high I/Iref
ratio).
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-53

ARC Implementation of 4 counters for successful and unsuccessful auto-reclose

cycles:
(016 198) AR C : N o. HSR s ucce ssf ul (O-C cycle)
(016 199) ARC : N o. HSR un s ucce ssf ul (O-C-O cycle)
(016 211) ARC : N o. TDR s ucce ssf ul (O-C-O-C cycle)
(016 212) AR C : N o. TDR un s ucce ssf ul (O-C-O-C-O cycle)
The existing counters for numbers of HSR cycles (004 007) A RC: Number HSR
A-B-C and for TDR cycles (004 008) A RC: Number TDR remain available.
GFDSS A further operating mode could be selected which provides parallel operation of
wattmetric and neutral admittance methods.
Accordingly both methods provide separate signals, which are OR combined to
form the existing ground fault signals, e.g.
(009 037) GF D SS: Grd. fau lt pow./adm.
= (016 103) GFDS S: Grd. fau lt power
OR (016 138) GFD SS: Grd. f aul t adm.
TGFD Bug fixing:

● Correct signalling of TGFD not ready, if nominal frequency is set to 60 Hz.
Pf< Implementation of a dedicated function group that provides under frequency

load shedding (UFLS) depending on active power flow direction according to
German FNN Lastenheft AFE, June 2012.
QV Implementation of a dedicated function group that provides 3pole undervoltage

protection depending on reactive power direction, specifically required for
connecting windfarms to the power system according to German FNN
Lastenheft QU-Schutz, Feb. 2010.
CBM Bug fixing:

● A hysteresis for current flow monitoring is now implemented.
TIMER Implementation of a new function group that provides 4 time switches, all freely
settable to be active for one period on any or several days of the week.
A6-54 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.1.1.31 P132 ‑312 ‑433/434/438/439/440 ‑655 ‑701

Release: 2015‒09‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● Protocol IEC 60870‑103: Test of sending spontaneous signals with 'start'
information was not executed.
● Protocol Modbus: Correction of single pole commands without response.
TIMER Bug fixing:

● Correction of invalid memory reference (affected P139-655.00 only).
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-55

A6.2 Version History – Easergy MiCOM 30
A6.2.1 P132 ‑312 ‑4xx ‑656 ff
A6.2.1.1 P132 ‑312 ‑433/434/438/439/440 ‑656

Release: 2015‒03‒07
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● DNP3.0 protocol: After a warm restart of the P132 Class 0 objects were not
available and a permanent time-out on link re-establishing stage was
present.
IEC Bug fixing:

● A wrong command originator was reported (in rcb) upon change of control
point.
ASC The ASC functionality has been enhanced, so that it is now possible to have the
voltage measured at T90 used instead of the “normal” line voltage transformers
(T5 / T6 / T7).
V<> Bug fixing:

● After a cold or warm restart the minimum current threshold (V<>: I
ena ble V< PSx) was not functioning. This could result in inadvertent and
chattering operation of undervoltage stages.
A6-56 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.2.1.2 P132 ‑312 ‑433/434/438/439/440 ‑657

Release: 2016‒12‒14
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Selection list of (104 064) IEC SigGGIO1 selection falsely contained few
analog values (which must not be selected).
PC Bug fixing:
● File transfer (to use customized bay types or data models) was not
available with previous version -656 together with Easergy Studio.
SFMON Bug fixing:

● Self monitoring of output relays was not operating on all defects. Also the
group signal (041 200) SFMON Relay Kxx faulty was not activated in case
of an output relay failure.
● Alarm signaling of internal auxiliary voltage failures was not proper
maintained until the failure was cleared (alarm signaling could have been
reset while a defect was still present).
MEASO Bug fixing:

● Measurands with negative values were now correctly scaled as [0…20]mA
current output signals.
FT_DA Bug fixing:

● Fault currents were not acquired when recording was triggered by neutral
starting only.
FT_RC Bug fixing:

● Binary signals are now correctly recorded during the whole post-fault
period.
● When relay date was beyond 19.01.2038, no fault records were available.
● Time stamps of some signals that trigger the general trip command were
later than the trip commands time stamp.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-57

MAIN A new group signal has been implemented which indicates that inrush blocking
picked up in at least one phase:
● (019 213) MAIN Inrush blk. trigg.
Additionally 8 user configurable group signals have been implemented:
● (019 192) MAIN Group signal 01 to
(019 199) MAIN Group signal 08
For each of them up to 32 internal signals can be freely combined using Boolean
operators NOT, AND, OR. These state signals are continuously updated, but with
no latching nor settable pick up/ release delay timers.
The configuration lists of general trip commands have been updated to
incorporate the new group signals.
ARC Separate HSR and TDR trip times for GFDSS power and Admittance trip
conditions have been implemented. The already existing settings are now solely
assigned to wattmetric trip condition.
● (015 078) ARC: HSR trip t. pow. PS1
● (021 059) ARC: HSR trip t. adm. PS1
● (015 078) ARC: TDR trip t. pow. PS1
● (021 069) ARC: TDR trip t. adm. PS1
GFDSS Function enhancement to allow ground fault detection by power and Admittance
methods, both operating independently in parallel.
For that purpose Admittance method has been accomplished with its dedicated
settings, where previously settings had been shared with power method. These
are:
● (020 176) GFDSS: Oper. mode admit PS1
● (016 111) GFDSS: G(N)> / B(N)> LS PS1
● (020 184) GFDSS: Op. delay LS adm PS1
● (020 188) GFDSS: Rel delay LS adm PS1
● (020 192) GFDSS: Op. delay BS adm PS1
● (020 200) GFDSS: Rel delay BS adm PS1
Both methods have been accomplished by a settable hold timer which prevents
inadvertent reset of starting for short gaps in ground fault current (intermittent
ground faults):
● (020 172) GFDSS: Hold time pow. PS1
● (020 222) GFDSS: Hold time adm. PS1
For versatility in application, both methods have been accomplished by
dedicated blocking input signals:
● (020 227) GFDSS: GF (pow.) block. EXT
● (020 226) GFDSS: Admittance block EXT
A6-58 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

P<> The new setting (021 074) P<> Start w. Direct. PS1 determines the starting
condition for all power stages:
● With setting "Yes" starting takes place only, if the power start threshold
operates AND the measured direction is equal to the set direction of the
stage.
● With setting "No" starting takes place, if the power start threshold
operates.
CBF Function of external triggering has been made more robust: If only single-pole
trigger (038 205 CBF Start 3p EXT) is configured, then this input must be active
as long as the CBF timer is running. Otherwise CBF resets as soon as the trigger
input signal resets.
A6.2.1.3 P132 ‑312 ‑433/434/438/439/440 ‑657-701

Release: 2017‒02‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
COMM1 Bug fixing in protocol IEC 60870-5-101:

● Date and time information in 7 Byte frame is now correct (bug affected
versions from -650).
FT_DA Bug fixing:

COMM1 ● Previous versions (since -650) did falsely reset up to 16 state signals upon
executing the FT_DA task.
This leads to false signaling only (e.g. wrong spontaneous signaling
through COMM1, false entry into operating data memory, …), and
eventually to an abort of the extraction of the first fault record after a
warm restart to a S30 station control using IEC 60870-5-103 protocol. It
did in no further way affect the protection or communication functionality.
DTOC Bug fixing:

● Mode (016 105) DTOC: Start w. Direct. PSx didn't work for the stages
which were assigned to (017 093) MAIN: Funct.Rush restr.PSx.
Pf< Bug fixing:

● (016 056) Pf<: Blocked by V< didn't work when the default setting was
changed.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-59

A6.2.1.4 P132 ‑312 ‑433/434/438/439/440 ‑658

Release: 2018‒03‒06
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC IEC 61850 RFLO has been enhanced with following elements:
● (024 207) FT_DA : Fau lt cu rre nt A p.u .
● (024 208) F T_D A : F au lt curre nt B p.u .
● (024 209) F T_D A: F aul t cu rren t C p.u.
● (024 218) F T_D A: C ur re nt IN m eas prim
● (024 217) FT_D A: Curre nt I N meas p. u.
● (024 225) FT_D A: Fault cu rren t A pri m
● (024 226) FT_D A: F aul t curre nt B pri m
● (024 227) FT_D A: Fau lt curr e nt C pr im
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● GOOSE output GGIO2 are available now.
COMM1 Bug fixing in protocol IEC 60870-5-101:

● Date and time information in 7 Byte frame is now correct (bug affected
versions from -650).
Enhancement protocol IEC 60870-5-103:
● All LOGIC and LOG_2 output signals are now transmitted upon general
interrogation.
FT_DA Bug fixing:

COMM1 ● Communication issues when S30 client is used: Previous versions (since
-650) did falsely reset up to 16 state signals upon executing the FT_DA
task.
This leads to false signaling only (e.g. wrong spontaneous signaling
through COMM1, false entry into operating data memory, …), and
eventually to an abort of the extraction of the first fault record after a
warm restart to a S30 station control using IIEC 60870-5-103 protocol. It
did in no further way affect the protection or communication functionality.
IDMT Bug fixing:

● IDMT1 residual current stage didn't consider (007 226) ID MT1: Mode
t ime r star t PS1 = With direction.
A6-60 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

ASC Bug fixing:

● Wrong phi measurement (sign was wrong) had lead to wrong switch on
time.
GFDSS There is a new setting parameter, (024 221) GF DSS: Block ing with GS, to
configure whether the general starting can block GFDSS function or not.
LOGIC Bug fixing:

● Reset of (047 127) L OGIC : Out pu t12 8 (t) now correctly also resets the
assigned logical signal.
A6.2.1.5 P132 ‑312 ‑433/434/438/439/440 ‑658-701

Release: 2019‒03‒29
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● IEC 61850 communication has been improved to operate well under high
network stress.
● Signal SIG_1: S048 was missing in the ICD template.
● If a protection trip was executed manually1), the report with device status
change to intermediate position was with wrong originator (originator was
from previous device operation).
1) Setting constraints:
(021 001) MAIN: Fct.as s ig.tri p cmd.1 = (034 017) MA IN : Manual
tri p signal OR …
(210 021) DE V01 : With ge n. tr ip cmd.1 = Yes (DEV01 = circuit
breaker)
Then executing (003 040) MA IN: Man. trip cmd. USER via HMI or PC
interface
GOOSE Bug fixing:

● GOOSE Input faulty didn't work for (111 132) GOOSE: Input 33
fau lt y ... (111 226) GOOSE : I npu t 128 f aulty.
COMM2 Bug fixing:

● A risk of loss of communication via RS485 when accessing to settings or
disturbance recording has been fixed.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-61

MAIN Bug fixing:

● (036 045) MAI N: Tri p cmd. block. EXT can now be set up via
configuration to (021 021) MA IN: Fct.as s ign. block . 1 and triggering
this group blocking.
● Current flow monitoring hysteresis was too small, potentially causing
signal chattering when current was about 0.05 Inom.
● A minimum pulse duration of 100 ms was implemented for the signals
indicating the source of close and open control command to secure their
visibility.
(221 101) MAIN : Cmd. fr. comm. in terf
(221 103) MAI N: Cmd. fr. e l e ctr.ct rl
(221 102) MAI N: Comman d from HMI
DTOC Bug fixing:

● No phase OC stage started in case of a single-phase fault in phase C and
threshold setting above 27 Inom.
V<> Update of V<> readiness condition: V<> remains ready as long as not all
available protection stages are blocked because of related measurement circuit
failures.
Bug fixing:
● (004 061) MA IN : m.c. b. trip V EXT didn't trigger the (042 004) V<>:
not ready.
f<> Bug fixing:

● First stage f1 operated always 100 ms time delayed.
IDMT Bug fixing:

● The reset value for operating current didn't consider KI factor.
CBF Bug fixing:

● In case of (021 013) MA IN : Tri p cmd. bl ock ed, CBF trip commands still
were operational.
● Correction of specific test case:
If CBF was disabled while its trip signal was active and current was still
flowing, and enabled again when current flow had stopped, then CBF trip
was raised again.
CMD Bug fixing:

● In case of negative acknowledgement a wrong INF number was sent (it
was default 242dec).
● Control lock-out if HMI's close command raised upon reclaim time
elapsing.
A6-62 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.2.2 P132 ‑313 ‑4xx ‑660 ff
A6.2.2.1 P132 ‑313 ‑441/442/443/444/445 ‑660 -711

Release: 2017‒07‒21
Versions -660 -700 … -710 were not released.
Bugs fixed in version -657-701 remain in versions -660-7xx.
Hardware
The P132 is now fitted with the new rejuvenated processor board hardware and
related new real-time operating system and enhanced platform firmware for the
modular MiCOM P30 devices.
The following summarizes the key features provided on basis of this new product
platform solution:
● Sustainability of MiCOM P30 Platform
o Single-Chip-Processor platform with high processing bandwidth
o State of the Art real-time operating system (QNX)
o Integrated support of all modern communication interfaces
● Improved Product Performance
o Faster and more deterministic operating times of main protection
functions like distance, especially with complex fault scenarios
o More uniform processing times of supplementary P&C functions
o Higher accuracy of time stamping of binary signals (external and
internal)
Continuity of Proven Platform Features
o Identical device hardware: case variants/modules/connectors
o Maintaining proven protection/control/communication algorithms
● Solid basis for future developments
o Ready to IEC 61850 Ed2, PRP/HSR, Cyber Security, Web server
The following summarizes the basic platform basis:
● Platform Hardware System
o 32 Bit-Processor with 333 MHz
o QNX as real-time operating system, independent from CPU HW
o Modern memory management system
o Faster code execution as running completely from RAM
o Backward compatible internal interfaces (bus, comms, serial HMI)
o Extended I/O flexibility with > 70 binary inputs and > 40 binary output
contacts
● Platform Software System
o Modern platform software with flexible file transfer concept (e.g. up-/
download without device reboot)
o Adaptation of proven application firmware for protection/control
o SW converted to common code solution, widely independent from
hardware
o Re-use of existing (automatic) type tests
o Minimal risk of unfavorable change in performance/behavior
o Contemporary file management concept for improved engineering
o Extension to 128 LOGIC equations and GOOSE inputs
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-63

The P132 is now fitted with Ethernet module (SEB LC/RJ45 or REB LC/RJ45). These
modules are used for IEC 61850 Edition 1 and Edition 2 and are fitted to slot 2, as
an alternative to other communication modules.
Note: Previous Ethernet modules can’t be used with firmware versions -660 or
later.
HSR/PRP communication protocols are supported.
Note: SEB = Single Ethernet Board
REB = Redundant Ethernet Board
HSR = High availability Seamless Redundancy protocol
PRP = Parallel Redundancy Protocol
Diagram
The updated connection diagrams now include the Ethernet module
communication interface with SEB and REB.
● P132 -441 (for 24 TE case, pin-terminal connection)
● P132 -442 (for 24 TE case, hybrid terminal connection)
● P132 -443 (for 40 TE case, pin-terminal connection)
● P132 -444 (for 40 TE case, hybrid terminal connection)
● P132 -445 (for 84 TE case, wring-terminal connection)
Note: hybrid terminal connection:
transformer module: with ring-terminal connection;
other modules: with pin-terminal connection.
Software
CS Implementation of a dedicated function group that provides Cyber Security

protection to mitigate the security risks.
The Security Administration Tool (SAT) is required for Role Based Access Control
(RBAC) configuration and setting changes.
IEC The protocol of the redundant connection is configurable with I EC: ETH CO MM
Mod e.
When Ethernet module (REB or SEB) is used, second Ethernet information is
provided.
TRMON Implementation of a dedicated Transformer Monitoring function group that

provides inputs for external transformer protection equipment (3 sets of
Buchholz alarm and trip, insulation alarm).
V<> New settings permit the selection for each neutral displacement overvoltage
stage whether the fundamental or the r.m.s. value of the voltage shall be
measured for starting:
● (018 219) V<>: Meas. V alue V NG> PS1
● (018 253) V <>: Me as . Val ue V NG>>PS1
A6-64 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

Note: Most new features of version -653 are not available with -660, but will get
available again with version -661.
Affected are:
● MAIN: User settable group signals
● GFDSS: Operation of wattmetric and admittance method in parallel.
● CBF: Enhancement of CBF external triggering
A6.2.2.2 P132 ‑313 ‑421/422/423/424/425 ‑660 ‑712

Release: 2017‒08‒03
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Time stamping issue has been resolved. Previously, the time stamp of a
new event was set to the time, when the event before took place.
Only versions -660-700 to -711 were affected.
A6.2.2.3 P132 ‑313 ‑421/422/423/424/425 ‑660 ‑713

Release: 2017‒09‒25
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
DEVICE Release of new flash image of the Ethernet board.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-65

A6.2.2.4 P132 ‑313 ‑421/422/423/424/425 ‑661 ‑702

Release: 2018‒01‒12
Versions -661 -700 … -701 were not released.
All changes being implemented with versions -657 and -658 are again available
with this version.
Hardware
New ETH board variant additionally includes RSTP communication protocol.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC The RSTP protocol is supported and configurable with (104 080) IE C: E TH
COMM Mode.
IEC 60870-5-104 protocol has been added. It can be enabled and selected via
(104 078) IEC : IEC 60 870-5-10 4e nable and (104 084) I EC: IE C pr ot .
varian.
To reduce network administration, VLAN and port assignment are supported.
The second communication port is now also supported in Edition 1 mode.
VINP VINP functional group includes 64 virtual inputs and is intended to process
binary information from the Ethernet module running with protocol IEC
60870-5-104.
This function group is only visible if (104 078) IEC: IE C60 870-5-1 04enable is
set to Yes.
MAIN Two further trip commands have been implemented with the same setting
options and functionality as trip command 2. These can be e.g. used for
transformer back-up protection schemes.
8 user configurable group signals have been implemented:
● (019 192) MAIN : Group si gnal 01
to
● ( 019 199) MAI N: Group s ignal 08.
For each of them up to 32 internal signals can be freely combined using Boolean
operators NOT, AND, OR. These state signals are continuously updated, but with
no latching nor settable pick up/ release delay timers.
ARC Separate HSR and TDR trip times for GFDSS wattmetric and admittance trip
conditions have been implemented. The already existing settings are now solely
assigned to wattmetric trip condition.
● (015 078) AR C: H SR tri p t. pow. P S1
● (015 079) AR C: TDR tri p t . pow. P S1
● (021 059) A RC : HSR trip t . adm. P S1
● (021 069) ARC : TDR tri p t. adm. PS1
A6-66 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

GFDSS Function enhancement to allow ground fault detection by wattmetric and

admittance methods, both operating independently in parallel. (same
enhancement as already implemented in -657, but missing in -660).
A6.2.2.5 P132 ‑313 ‑421/422/423/424/425 ‑661 ‑703

Release: 2018‒03‒15
This version is released for specific project(s) only.
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

● Log file management is improved. Previously, flash memory content could
have been corrupted, so that the Ethernet board did not boot after turning
on the device power supply. In that case the status signal (105 180) IEC:
Comm. link faulty did not reset.
A6.2.2.6 P132 ‑313 ‑421/422/423/424/425 ‑661 ‑704

Release: 2018‒04‒25
This version is released for specific project(s) only.
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
IEC Improved communication synchronization between Ethernet board and main

processor board.
Improved start-up performance with reduced start-up duration.
Bug fixing:
● After a device is selected locally (SBO mode), a remote operate via IEC
was still accepted and executed.
A6.2.2.7 P132 ‑313 ‑421/422/423/424/425 ‑661 ‑705

Release: 2018‒07‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-67

Software
CS Bug fixing:
● The display of the recovery password is now limited to 120 h. Previously it
was permanently displayed, but only valid for 120 h.
● COMM1(2) login with unknown user returned message (80 96)hex
“temporarily locked” instead of (80 93)hex "CS Login failed"
IEC Bug fixing:

● If a protection trip was executed manually1), the report with device status
change to intermediate position was with wrong originator (originator was
from previous device operation).
1) Setting constraints:
(021 001) MA IN : F ct.as si g.tri p cmd.1 = (034 017) MA IN: Manual
tr ip si gnal OR …
(210 021) DE V01: Wit h gen . trip cmd. 1 = Yes (DEV01 = circuit
breaker)
Then executing (003 040) MAI N: Man. trip cmd. U SER via HMI or PC
interface
● The sequence of messages when switching the device online/offline is
harmonized across the platform.
COMM1 Bug fixing:

● Bay type could not be configured if communication protocol per IEC
60870-5-103 on COMM1 was active.
A6.2.2.8 P132 ‑313 ‑441/442/443/444/445 ‑661 -706

Release: 2019‒03‒05
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
DVICE Mounting of transformer module with pin terminal connectors is now also
accepted on 84TE case variant.
A6-68 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

IEC The updating of cyclic measurements is now managed independently from other
communication traffic between main and Ethernet board.
Edition 1 handling of buffered reports when no EntryID is given is aligned with
the implementation in edition 2: if no EntryID is written, then all buffered reports
are sent.
The memory buffer for buffered reports is increased: for both edition 1 and 2 at
least the last 100 buffered reports are stored.
Bug fixing:
● New single Ethernet board (SEB released with -660) is now operational in
IEC 61850 edition 1 mode.
● SNTP now considers the subnet mask properly (previously if the third octet
value was not set to 0, then 255 was used instead of the set value).
GOOSE Input xx faulty didn’t operate for input signals 33…128.
F_KEY Bug fixing:

PSS ● If parameter subset selection is done via function keys, now the latest
selected subset becomes active again after a restart of the device.
Previously, the subset set at (003 060) PSS: Par am .subs.sel. USER
became active after restart.
MAIN Bug fixing:

● (036 045) MA IN: Tri p cmd. bl ock. EXT couldn't be set up via
configuration to (021 021) MAIN: Fct.as si gn. block. 1.
● Current flow monitoring hysteresis was too small, potentially causing
signal chattering when current was about 0.05 Inom.
SFMON Bug fixing:

● An invalid firmware of the RTD, TGFD or analog board fitted on slot 3 did
not trigger the alarm (097 002) SF MON: De fect.module slot 3.
DTOC Bug fixing:

● No phase OC stage started in case of a single-phase fault in phase C and
threshold setting above 27 Inom.
IDMT Bug fixing:

● The reset value for operating current didn't consider KI factor.
V<> Update of V<> readiness condition: V<> remains ready as long as not all
available protection stages are blocked because of related measurement circuit
failures.
Bug fixing:
● (004 061) MA IN : m. c.b. t ri p V EXT didn't trigger the signal (042 004)
V<>: Not ready.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-69

f<> Frequency protection gets blocked as long as (040 000) MA IN: Ge ne ral
starting is present.
Bug fixing:
● In operating mode "f with df/dt" the first stage f1 operated always 100 ms
time delayed.
CBF Bug fixing:

● In case of (021 013) MAIN: Tri p cmd. bl oc ke d, CBF trip commands are
now blocked, too. Previously, CBF trip still was operational.
A6.2.2.9 P132 ‑313 ‑441/442/443/444/445 ‑662

Release: 2019‒06‒27
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
Optionally, the binary module of type X(6I/6O) can also be fitted in slot 8 (40 TE
case) or slot 16 (84 TE case), X(24I) can be fitted in slot 7 (40 TE case) and
X(6I/8O) can be fitted in slot 16 (84 TE case).
Software
CS The 'Viewer' rights now also grant execution of resetting LED indicators and
measured event data through pressing C (Clear) key or executing (021 010)
M AI N: Reset indicat. USER.
LOC Selection lists of signals and counters for configuration on operation and fault
panels have been updated.
PC It is now possible to download the T104 engineering file (as packed zip file) via
the front PC port of Easergy MiCOM devices.
COMM1 Protocol IEC 60870-5-103:

All LOGIC output signals are now included in the general interrogation (GI)
response.
COMM2 Bug fixing:

● A potential cause for communication lock out on RS485 port has been
fixed.
A6-70 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

IEC Firmware version of Ethernet communication now is displayed as ID parameter

(025 185) D EVIC E: SW ve rs . Ethe r ne t.
All MAC addresses of the redundant ethernet board are made visible, depending
on the fitted module:
● (104 061) IE C: MA C addre ss 1
● (104 217) I EC: MAC addre ss 2
● (104 218) I EC : MA C addre ss 3
Supervision of Ethernet ports got implemented.
LN RFLO modelling has been enhanced.
SIG GGIO2 from P13x-658 is made available again to support backwards
compatible engineering of e.g. substation interlocking.
Bug fixing:
● A false command origin 'station control' was shown upon protection trip
event.
GOOSE 32 configurable output signals have been added.
CTRL Bug fixing:

● No longer switching commands via IEC-103 protocol get accepted in local
mode (bug since version -657).
● A control lock-out could happen, if an HMI close command was raised upon
elapsing of ARC reclaim time.
MAIN It can now be selected, whether COMM1 or IEC communication interface is used
for switchgear control (104 242) MA IN: Fct.ass ignm. control.
Operating mode setting for 2-CT operation (011 226) MAIN: DTOC/IDM T
2phase has been enhanced to allow further applications by adding evaluation
of IB as measured or calculated current.
FT_DA Scope of measured fault data has been significantly increased.
FT_RC The buffer total size has been doubled to 1638 periods for all faults including
pre-fault time for next recording. The maximum duration (length) of a
disturbance recording is increased from 750 to 1500 periods, accordingly.
DTOC Two more phase and neutral OC stages have been added, including directional
operation and triggering of auto-reclosing.
Functionality of 4th neutral OC stage has been harmonized with other stages by
adding a setting to select evaluated signal: (025 254) DTOC: Eval. IN>>>>
PS1.
Also threshold setting range has been aligned up to 40 I(N)nom. Yet, if
evaluation of IN is set to measured, a warning will be issued if the actual setting
is higher than the CT T4 input dynamic range (which is 16 IN,nom).
Visibility control settings have been implemented to shrink the number of visible
stages to application needs, e.g. (026 045) D TOC: Stage Ix> = With /
Without, where default is in line with visibility in previous versions.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-71

IDMT3 A 3rd instance of IDMT protection function has been implemented.

Notice: Optional selection for inrush blocking will be implemented with next
main version.
GFDSS The function is upgraded to latest implementation in version -658.
TGFD A manual reset function has been added:

● (025 168) TGFD: Re se t mon . s ig. EXT
● (025 170) TGFD: Re se t mon . s ig. USER
This function is required to reset the TGFD measuring circuit monitoring alarm
(093 094) S FMON : TGFD mon . tr iggere d = yes), if it is not entered in the
monitoring recording buffer (optional configuration at (021 030) SFMON: Fct.
assign. War ni ng).
Blocking of TGFD in case of voltage measurement circuit failure now selectively
depends on connection setting (if measured is set, Meas. circuit VNG faulty is
relevant; if calculated is set, Meas. circuit V faulty is relevant).
V<> A 3rd stage VNG>>> has been added.
f<> Frequency measurement remains blocked for 100 ms upon reset of (004 061)
Pf< MAIN : M.c.b. V t rip EXT.
QV Bug fixing:
● Minimum setting for sector angle is changed to 0°.
CBF Disabling CBF when the function is triggered now resets (038 211) CB F:
Start up 3 p in the same way as CB position change does.
A6.2.2.10 P132 ‑313 ‑441/442/443/444/445 ‑662 -701

Release: 2019‒10‒23
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
CS Bug fixing:
"Execute/don't execute" are now ignored for login, logout and change password
via PC interface.
GOOSE Bug fixing:

The IEC 61850 ED1 modelling for GosGGIO2 is now supported correctly.
A6-72 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

ARC It is able to switch to a different ARC dead time setting by switching PSS
parameter subset during ARC Cycle running.
TGFD Bug fixing:

(004 140) TGFD: Re se t s ign al EXT can now be reset via assigned CLEAR
key.
f<> Bug fixing:

It could happen that trip command was triggered by frequency protection after
warm restart if timer setting is set to less than 100 ms.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-73

A6.2.2.11 P132 ‑315 ‑451/452/453/454/455 ‑671

Release: 2020‒03‒26
Hardware
Enhanced local control panel with monochrome text display (192x96 pixels) for
up to 10 lines and detachable HMI are now available for P132. The enhanced
local control panel provides additional keys, such as control keys, 4 context
sensitive softkeys and home key.
Parallel communication modules (serial communication module combined with
Ethernet module) are supported.
A USB-Type B interface is provided to enable device configuration, servicing and
firmware downloading using the existing tools.
Note: 24 TE sized case uses the previous local control panel.
Diagram
The updated terminal connection diagrams include the parallel communication
modules (serial communication module combined with Ethernet module) variant
as an option:
● P132 -452 (for 24 TE case, with CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection)
● P132 -454 (for 40 TE case, with CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection)
● P132 -455 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
Software
CS 1xx number to indicate CS patch level is send by the ehternet board and can be
read in the data model.
Bug fixing:
"Execute/don't execute" are now ignored for login, logout and change password
via PC interface.
COMM1 TLS protocol for IEC 61850 Ed.1 tunnelling is available.

Bug fixing for IEC 60870-5-103:
Configuration using L O GIC: Se t 1 .. 8 USER wasn't correctly extracted in
dump mode.
It was not possible to extract DR with more than 24.45 s.
IEC The RSTP configration settings can now be set via Easergy Studio.
The Ethernet communication mode "Dual-IP" can now be selected via (104 080)
IEC : E TH C OMM Mode.
Bug fixing:
(104 064) I EC : SigGGIO 1 s ele ction was updated on each reboot.
ARC disabled by binary signal could not be actived by IEC 61850.
FT_DA mapping to RFLO1 node wasn’t properly implemented.
A6-74 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

GOOSE GOOSE: Input xx status is part of the data model DA selection table and can
be used directly in any LOGIC equation.
Bug fixing:
The IEC 61850 ED1 modelling for GosGGIO2 is now supported correctly.
OP_RC New setting (100 004) OP_RC: Op.mode re cording is added and all signals
can be selected.
Storage capacity of operating data recording has been enlarged from 1000 to
3000.
FT_DA Bug fixing:

All FT_DA elements didn't match to IEC 61850 properly.
IDMT1 Bug fixing:

IDMT1 function tripped instantaneously when IEC Long Time Inverse
characteristic and factor kt >= 8.2.
IDMT3 A third instance of IDMT protection function has been implemented.

Notice: Optional selection for inrush blocking will be implemented with next
main version.
PULSE The pulse detection function is now available.
V<> Extended parameter maximum value for all the timer stages of V<> function to
600 s.
f<> Bug fixing:

It could happen that trip command was triggered by frequency protection after
warm restart if timer setting is set to less than 100 ms.
MCMON The enabling criterion of difference between maximum and minimum phase
current is now settable via (027 137) MC MON: I > enable Idiff>.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-75

A6.2.2.12 P132 ‑315 ‑451/452/453/454/455 ‑671 -701

Release: 2020‒11‒04
Hardware
P132 supports new enhanced HMI also with the legacy HMI.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
HMI Bug fixing:

Pop up menu was shown after cyber security logout automatically.
P30 with legacy HMI didn’t handle blinking text line on the signal panel.
Motor protection counters (004 012) MP: St-ups st ill permit or (004 011)
MP: No. of st art-u ps were not shown correctly on HMI. Instead of numeric
value some text was presented.
Device names on HMI were partially displayed.
A6-76 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

A6.2.2.13 P132 ‑315 ‑451/452/453/454/455 ‑671 -702

Release: 2021‒03‒19
Hardware
No changes.
Diagram
No changes.
Software
HMI Bug fixing:

New HMI text hanged after pressing function key which requires CS login.
Pf< Bug fixing:

V< blocking delay timer has been increased from 80 to 100 ms, so Pf< will not
trip during power-up if voltage is present.
IEC 61850 Bug fixing:

The quality bit of the Data Attribute FLtZ within LN RFLO was sometimes invalid.
Timestamp correction of Data Attributes within LN PTRC.
P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A6-77

A6-78 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

© 2021 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.
Schneider Electric
35 rue Joseph Monier
92506 Rueil-Malmaison
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
www.schneider-electric.com
Publishing: Schneider Electric
Publication: P132/EN M/R-g8-D Volume 2 04/2021

Easergy Micom P132: Feeder Management and Bay Control

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Easergy Micom P132: Feeder Management and Bay Control

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Easergy MiCOM P132

Feeder Management and Bay Control

Version P132 -315 -451/452/453/454/455 -671

ARC Auto-reclosing control

ASC Automatic synchronism check

CBF Circuit breaker failure protection

CBM Circuit breaker condition monitoring

CMD_1 Single-pole commands

COMM1 “Logical” communication interface 1

COMM2 “Logical” communication interface 2

COMM3 InterMiCOM interface

COUNT Binary counts

DEV01 External device

DEV02 External device

DEV03 External device

DTOC Definite-time overcurrent protection

F_KEY Configurable function keys

f<> Over-/underfrequency protection

FT_DA Fault data acquisition

FT_RC Fault recording

GF_DA Ground fault data acquisition

GF_RC Ground fault recording

GFDSS Ground fault direction determination using steady-state values

GOOSE Generic Object Orientated Substation Events

I2> Unbalance protection

IDMT1 Inverse-time overcurrent protection

IDMT2 Inverse-time overcurrent protection

IDMT3 Inverse-time overcurrent protection

IEC IEC 61850 Communication

ILOCK Interlocking logic

P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671 A1-1

INP Binary input

IRIGB IRIG‑B interface

LED LED indicators

LIMIT Limit value monitoring

LOC Local control panel

LOG_2 Programmable Logic

LOGIC Programmable Logic

MAIN Main function

MCMON Measuring-circuit monitoring

MEASI Measured data input

MEASO Measured data output

MT_RC Monitoring signal recording

OL_DA Overload data acquisition

OL_RC Overload recording

OP_RC Operating data recording

OUTP Binary and analog output

P<> Power directional protection

Pf< Underfrequency load shedding

PSIG Protective signaling

PSS Parameter subset selection

PULSE Pulse detection

QV Voltage controlled directional reactive power protection

SCDD Short-circuit direction determination

SIG_1 Single-pole signals

SOTF Switch on to fault protection

TGFD Transient ground fault direction determination

THERM Thermal overload protection

TIMER Real Timer

TRMON Transformer monitoring

A1-2 P132/EN M/R-g8-D // P132‑315‑671

V<> Time-voltage protection

VINP Virtual Inputs